Table of Contents
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 29, 2020
File Nos. 033-21677
811-05547


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Post-Effective Amendment No. 99
and
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
Amendment No. 102

LAUDUS TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

211 Main Street
San Francisco, California 94105
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(800) 648-5300
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

David J. Lekich, Esq.
211 Main Street
San Francisco, California 94105
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies of communications to:
Douglas P. Dick, Esq.
Dechert LLP
1900 K Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20006
John M. Loder, Esq.
Ropes & Gray LLP
800 Boylston Street
Boston, MA 02199-3600

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
☒ Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
□ On (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)
□ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
□ On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
□ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
□ On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
If appropriate, check the following box:
□ This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.



Table of Contents
Prospectus  |  July 29, 2020
Laudus Funds®
Laudus® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund
Ticker Symbol LGILX
Investment Adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Subadviser
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC
New Notice Regarding Shareholder Report Delivery Options
Beginning on January 1, 2021, paper copies of a fund’s shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from a fund or from your financial intermediary (such as a bank or broker-dealer). Instead, the reports will be made available on a fund’s website www.schwabfunds.com/laudusfunds_prospectus, and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and the mailing will provide a website link to access the report. You will continue to receive other fund regulatory documents (such as prospectuses or supplements) in paper unless you have elected to receive all fund documents electronically.
If you would like to continue to receive a fund’s future shareholder reports in paper free of charge after January 1, 2021, you can make that request:
If you invest through Charles Schwab & Co, Inc. (broker-dealer), by calling 1-866-345-5954 and using the unique identifier attached to this mailing;
If you invest through another financial intermediary (such as a bank or broker-dealer) by contacting them directly; or
If owned directly through a fund by calling 1-800-407-0256.
If you already receive shareholder reports and other fund documents electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action.
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.

 

Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund
Fund Summary  

1

4

4

4

7

8

9

10

10

11

13

13

14

16

 

Table of Contents
Laudus® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund
Ticker Symbol: LGILX

Investment Objective

The fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.
Fund Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. This table does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.62
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses 0.12
Total annual fund operating expenses 0.74
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The example does not reflect any brokerage fees or commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 Investment
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
$76 $237 $411 $918
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 40% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities of U.S. large capitalization companies. The fund defines large capitalization companies as those with a market capitalization of at least $3
billion at the time of investment. In addition, up to 20% of the fund’s net assets may be invested in foreign equity securities. Investments in equity securities include common stock and preferred stock. The fund may, but is not required to, use derivative instruments for risk management purposes or as part of the fund’s investment strategies.
In selecting securities, the subadviser seeks to invest in companies that possess dominant market positions or franchises, a major technological edge, or a unique competitive advantage. To this end, the subadviser considers earnings revision trends, expected earnings growth rates, sales acceleration, price earnings multiples and positive stock price momentum, when selecting securities. The subadviser expects that these companies can sustain an above average return on invested capital at a higher level and over a longer period of time than is reflected in the current market prices.
In deciding whether an investment is tied to the U.S., the subadviser considers a number of factors including whether the investment is issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies; the investment has its primary trading market in the U.S.; the issuer is organized under the laws of, derives at least 50% of its revenues from, or has at least 50% of its assets in, the U.S.; the investment is included in an index representative of the U.S.; and the investment is exposed to the economic fortunes and risks of the U.S.
For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal Risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Markets may be impacted by economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, including economic sanctions and other government actions. In addition, the occurrence of global events, such as war, terrorism, environmental disasters, natural disasters and epidemics, may also negatively affect the financial markets. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
Management Risk. As with all actively managed funds, the fund is subject to the risk that its subadviser will select investments or
 
  Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Fund Summary1

 

Table of Contents
allocate assets in a manner that could cause the fund to underperform or otherwise not meet its investment objective. The fund’s subadviser applies its own investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the fund, but there can be no guarantee that they will produce the desired results.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, the fund’s performance could be impacted.
Large-Cap Company Risk. Large-cap companies are generally more mature and the securities issued by these companies may not be able to reach the same levels of growth as the securities issued by small- or mid-cap companies.
Growth Investing Risk. Growth stocks can be volatile. Growth companies usually invest a high portion of earnings in their businesses and may lack the dividends of value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market. The prices of growth stocks are based largely on projections of the issuer’s future earnings and revenues. If a company’s earnings or revenues fall short of expectations, its stock price may fall dramatically. Growth stocks may also be more expensive relative to their earnings or assets compared to value or other stocks.
Foreign Investment Risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the fund’s investments, and could impair the fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There is a risk that investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged, resulting in the dollar value of the fund’s investment being adversely affected. Foreign securities also include American Depositary receipts (ADRs), Global Depository receipts (GDRs) and European Depositary receipts (EDRs) which may be less liquid than the underlying shares in their primary trading market and GDRs, many of which are issued by companies in emerging markets, may be more volatile. These risks may be heightened in connection with
investments in emerging markets or securities of issuers that conduct their business in emerging markets.
Derivatives Risk. The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. The fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the fund’s performance, increase the fund’s volatility, and could cause the fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on the fund.
Leverage Risk. Certain fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the fund.
Liquidity Risk. The fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or the fund may have to sell them at a loss.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund, please see the “Fund Details” section in the prospectus.
Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to that of an index. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/laudusfunds_prospectus.
Annual Total Returns (%) as of 12/31

Best Quarter: 19.21% Q1 2012
Worst Quarter: (15.66%) Q4 2018
Year-to-date performance (non-annualized and before taxes) as of 6/30/2020: 13.59%
2Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Fund Summary

 

Table of Contents
Average Annual Total Returns as of 12/31/19
  1 Year 5 Years 10 Years
Before taxes 32.58% 14.15% 14.78%
After taxes on distributions 30.08% 12.19% 12.97%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares 21.02% 10.96% 11.90%
Comparative Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)      
Russell 1000 Growth Index 36.39% 14.63% 15.22%
The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, an individual retirement account (IRA) or other tax-advantaged account.
Investment Adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Subadviser
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (BlackRock)
Portfolio Managers

Lawrence G. Kemp, CFA, Managing Director of BlackRock, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since 2013. He was previously portfolio manager of the fund and its predecessor from 2002 until November 2012 while at the fund’s prior subadviser.
Phil Ruvinsky, Managing Director of BlackRock, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since July 2020. He was previously portfolio manager of the fund and its predecessor from 2003 until 2010 while at the fund’s prior subadviser.
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
Investors may only invest in the fund through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Schwab or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures. Shareholders who previously purchased fund shares through the fund’s transfer agent and continue to hold such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may make additional purchases and place exchange
and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent by contacting the transfer agent by phone or in writing as noted below:
by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
by mail to DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647.
There is no minimum initial investment for the fund.
Tax Information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
  Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Fund Summary3

 

Table of Contents
Fund Details

There can be no assurance that the fund will achieve its objective. Except as explicitly described otherwise, the strategies and policies of the fund may be changed without shareholder approval.
The principal investment strategies and the main risks associated with investing in the fund are summarized in the fund summary at the front of this prospectus. This section takes a more detailed look at some of the types of securities, the associated risks, and the various investment strategies that may be used in the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund, as described below. In addition to the particular types of securities and strategies that are described in this prospectus, the fund may use strategies that are not described herein in support of its overall investment goal. These additional strategies and the risks associated with them are described in the “Investment Securities, Strategies, Risks and Limitations” section in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI).
Investment Objective, Strategy and Risks

Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund
Investment Objective
The fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.
The fund’s investment objective is not fundamental, and, therefore, may be changed by the fund’s Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.
Investment Strategy
Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities of U.S. large capitalization companies. The fund defines large capitalization companies as those with a market capitalization of at least $3 billion at the time of investment. In addition, up to 20% of the fund’s net assets may be invested in foreign equity securities. Investments in equity securities include common stock and preferred stock. The fund may, but is not required to, use derivative instruments (“derivatives”) for risk management purposes or as part of the fund’s investment strategies. Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate, or index, and may relate to stocks, bonds, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, and related indexes. The principal types of derivatives used by the fund include options, futures and forward currency agreements. The fund may use derivatives to earn income and enhance returns, to manage or adjust the risk profile of the fund, to replace more traditional direct investments, or to obtain exposure to certain markets. The fund will notify shareholders at least 60 days prior to any change in its policy of investing at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes, if any) in equity securities of U.S. large capitalization companies.
The fund will invest in companies within its capitalization range as described above. However, the fund may invest a portion of its assets in securities outside of this range. Further, if movement in the market price causes a security to change from one capitalization range to another, the fund is not required to dispose of the security.
The fund may engage in active and frequent trading of the securities in its portfolio (e.g., greater than 100% turnover), which would increase transaction costs incurred by the fund. In addition, when the fund engages in active and frequent trading, a larger portion of the distributions investors receive from the fund may reflect short-term capital gains which are taxed like ordinary income, rather than long-term capital gain distributions.
For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
In selecting securities, the subadviser seeks to invest in companies that possess dominant market positions or franchises, a major technological edge, or a unique competitive advantage. To this end, the subadviser considers earnings revision trends, expected earnings growth rates, sales acceleration, price earnings multiples and positive stock price momentum, when selecting securities. The subadviser expects that these companies can sustain an above average return on invested capital at a higher level and over a longer period of time than is reflected in the current market prices.
In deciding whether an investment is tied to the U.S., the subadviser considers a number of factors including whether the investment is issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies; the investment has its primary trading market in the U.S.; the issuer is
4Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Fund Details

 

Table of Contents
organized under the laws of, derives at least 50% of its revenues from, or has at least 50% of its assets in, the U.S.; the investment is included in an index representative of the U.S.; and the investment is exposed to the economic fortunes and risks of the U.S.
More Information About Principal Investment Risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money.
Market Risk. Financial markets rise and fall in response to a variety of factors, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Markets may be impacted by economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, including economic sanctions and other government actions. In addition, the occurrence of global events, such as war, terrorism, environmental disasters, natural disasters and epidemics, may also negatively affect the financial markets. These events could reduce consumer demand or economic output; result in market closures, low or negative interest rates, travel restrictions or quarantines; and significantly adversely impact the economy. Governmental and quasi-governmental authorities and regulators throughout the world have in the past often responded to serious economic disruptions with a variety of significant fiscal and monetary policy changes which could have an unexpected impact on financial markets and the fund’s investments. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of an investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that an investor could lose money over short or long periods.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities markets as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. Governmental action, including the imposition of trade embargoes or tariffs, may also impact individual companies or markets as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time. Due to their fixed income features, preferred stocks provide higher income potential than issuers’ common stocks, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the underlying common stock. The rights of common stockholders are generally subordinate to the rights associated with an issuer’s preferred stocks and the rights of preferred stockholders are generally subordinate to the rights associated with an issuer’s debt securities on the distribution of an issuer’s assets in the event of a liquidation.
Market Capitalization Risk. Securities issued by companies of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. In addition, there may be less trading volume in securities issued by mid- and small-cap companies than those issued by larger companies and, as a result, trading volatility may have a greater impact on the value of securities of mid- and small-cap companies. Securities issued by large-cap companies, on the other hand, may not be able to attain the high growth rates of some mid- and small-cap companies. During a period when securities of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments, the fund’s performance could be impacted.
Large-Cap Company Risk. Large-cap companies are generally more mature than smaller companies. They also may have fewer new market opportunities for their products or services, may focus resources on maintaining their market share, and may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges. As a result, the securities issued by these companies may not be able to reach the same levels of growth as the securities issued by small- or mid-cap companies.
Foreign Investment Risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that may be greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the U.S. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the fund’s investments and could impair the fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. In addition, the fund’s investments in foreign securities may be subject to economic sanctions or other government restrictions, including trade tariffs, embargoes or limitations on trade which could have a significant impact on a country’s markets overall as well as global economies or markets. There also is the risk that the cost of buying, selling, and holding foreign securities, including brokerage, tax, and custody costs, may be higher than those involved in domestic transactions. The securities of some foreign companies may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. The fund may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. To the extent the fund’s investments in a single country or a limited number of countries represent a large percentage of the fund’s assets, the fund’s performance may be adversely affected by the economic, political, regulatory and social conditions in those countries, and the fund’s price may be more volatile than the price of a fund that is geographically diversified. These risks may be heightened in connection with investments in emerging markets or securities of issuers that conduct their business in emerging markets. Additionally, material information about a company in an emerging market country may be unavailable or unreliable, and U.S. regulators may be unable to enforce a company’s regulatory obligations.
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Fund Details5

 

Table of Contents
Currency Risk. The fund’s investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, will subject the fund to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the fund would be adversely affected. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate in response to factors extrinsic to that country’s economy, which makes the forecasting of currency market movements extremely difficult. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates; intervention (or failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund; or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad. These can result in losses to the fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Forward contracts on foreign currencies are not traded on exchanges; rather, a bank or dealer will act as agent or as principal in order to make or take future delivery of a specified lot of a particular currency for the fund’s account. The fund is subject to the risk of a counterparty’s failure, inability or refusal to perform with respect to such contracts.
Derivatives Risk. The fund may, but is not required to, use derivatives to earn income and enhance returns, to manage or adjust the risk profile of the fund, to replace more traditional direct investments, or to obtain exposure to certain markets. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day. An option is the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price on or before a specific date. A forward currency agreement involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. The fund’s use of derivatives involves risks different from or possibly greater than the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as leverage risk, market risk, liquidity risk and management risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to credit risk, lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative may not fulfill its contractual obligations. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains. The fund’s use of derivatives could reduce the fund’s performance, increase the fund’s volatility, and could cause the fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. However, these risks are less severe when the fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security. The use of derivatives that are subject to regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) could cause the fund to become a commodity pool, which would require the fund to comply with certain CFTC rules.
Leverage Risk. Certain fund transactions, such as derivatives transactions, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the fund. The use of leverage may cause the fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Liquidity Risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to purchase, sell or value, especially during stressed market conditions. The market for certain investments may become illiquid due to specific adverse changes in the conditions of a particular issuer or under adverse market or economic conditions independent of the issuer. In such cases, the fund, due to limitations on investments in illiquid securities and the difficulty in readily purchasing and selling such securities at favorable times or prices, may decline in value, experience lower returns and/or be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain issuer or sector. Further, transactions in illiquid securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in liquid securities. Liquidity risk also includes the risk that market conditions or large shareholder redemptions may impact the ability of the fund to meet redemption requests within the required time period. In order to meet such redemption requests, the fund may be forced to sell securities at inopportune times or prices.
Securities Lending Risk. The fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in, or delay in recovery of, the loaned securities if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Operational Risk. The fund is exposed to operational risk arising from a number of factors, including, but not limited to, human error, processing and communication errors, errors of the fund’s service providers, counterparties or other third parties, failed or inadequate processes and technology or system failures. The fund seeks to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures believed
6Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Fund Details

 

Table of Contents
to be reasonably designed to address these risks. However, these controls and procedures cannot address every possible risk and may not fully mitigate the risks that they are intended to address.
Portfolio Holdings

The fund may make various types of portfolio securities information available to shareholders. The fund posts a detailed list of the securities held by the fund at www.schwabfunds.com/laudusfunds_prospectus (under “Portfolio Holdings”), as of the most recent calendar quarter-end. This list is generally updated approximately 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter and will remain available online until at least the following calendar quarter. The fund also posts in the fund summary section of the website and on fund fact sheets certain summary portfolio attributes, including top ten holdings, approximately 5-25 days after the end of each calendar quarter or month. The fund may exclude any portion of these portfolio holdings from publication when deemed in the best interest of the fund. Further information regarding the fund’s policy and procedures on the disclosure of portfolio holdings is available in the SAI.
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Fund Details7

 

Table of Contents
Financial Highlights

This section provides further details about the fund’s financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. “Total return” shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. This information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), an independent registered public accounting firm. PwC’s full report is included in the fund’s annual report (see back cover). PwC resigned as the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm effective June 8, 2020. The fund’s Board of Trustees appointed Deloitte & Touche LLP beginning June 9, 2020 to act as the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund

  4/1/19–
3/31/20
4/1/18–
3/31/19
4/1/17–
3/31/18
4/1/16–
3/31/17
4/1/15–
3/31/16
 
Per-Share Data
Net asset value at beginning of period $ 21.31 $ 20.47 $ 18.12 $ 15.76 $ 17.22  
Income (loss) from investment operations:            
Net investment income (loss)1 (0.04) 0.02 0.00 2 0.00 2 (0.01)  
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 0.23 2.35 4.99 2.63 (0.37)  
Total from investment operations 0.19 2.37 4.99 2.63 (0.38)  
Less distributions:            
Distributions from net investment income (0.02)  
Distributions from net realized gains (1.87) (1.53) (2.64) (0.27) (1.08)  
Total distributions (1.89) (1.53) (2.64) (0.27) (1.08)  
Net asset value at end of period $ 19.61 $ 21.31 $ 20.47 $ 18.12 $ 15.76  
Total return (0.06%) 12.78% 28.52% 16.85% (2.50%)  
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Ratios to average net assets:            
Net operating expenses 0.74% 0.75% 0.75% 3 0.76% 0.75%  
Gross operating expenses 0.74% 0.75% 0.75% 3 0.76% 0.75%  
Net investment income (loss) (0.18%) 0.07% 0.01% 3 0.03% (0.04%)  
Portfolio turnover rate 40% 53% 49% 73% 82%  
Net assets, end of period (x 1,000) $1,980,826 $2,250,995 $1,953,049 $1,667,059 $1,969,169  
1
Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.
2
Per-share amount was less than $0.005.
3
The ratio of net operating expenses and gross operating expenses would have been 0.76% and 0.76%, respectively, and the ratio of net investment income would have been less than 0.005%, excluding a custody out-of-pocket fee reimbursement from the custodian.
8Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Financial Highlights

 

Table of Contents
Fund Management

The investment adviser for the fund is Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM), 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. Founded in 1989, the firm today serves as investment adviser for all of the Schwab Funds®, Schwab ETFs® and Laudus Funds®. As of June 30, 2020, CSIM managed approximately $541.6 billion in assets. BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (BlackRock), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, New Jersey 08540, serves as subadviser to the fund.
BlackRock is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc. BlackRock is a registered investment adviser and a commodity pool operator organized in 1999. As of June 30, 2020, BlackRock and its affiliates had approximately $7.32 trillion in investment company and other portfolio assets under management. In its capacity as subadviser, BlackRock provides day-to-day portfolio management services to the fund, while, as adviser, CSIM supervises BlackRock and assumes other functions, including managing the fund’s other affairs and business, subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees.
The fund pays CSIM an advisory fee for these services on a monthly basis. The fee paid is based on a percentage of the fund’s average daily net assets. CSIM — and not the fund — pays a portion of the advisory fees it receives to BlackRock in return for its services.
For the 12 months ended March 31, 2020, the advisory fee paid to CSIM, was 0.62% for the fund, expressed as a percentage of the fund’s average daily net assets.
The fund and the investment adviser have received exemptive relief from the SEC to permit the investment adviser and the fund to hire, terminate or replace subadvisers without shareholder approval, subject to certain conditions. One of the conditions requires approvals by the Board of Trustees before any hiring is implemented. In addition, the exemptive order currently prohibits the investment adviser from entering into a subadvisory agreement with affiliates of the investment adviser without shareholder approval. Within 90 days of the hiring of any new subadviser, the investment adviser will furnish shareholders with the required information about the new subadviser.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustee’s approval of the fund’s investment advisory agreement and sub-advisory agreement are available in the fund’s semiannual report dated September 30, 2019, which covers the period April 1, 2019 through September 30, 2019.
CSIM has entered into an expense limitation agreement to waive its management fees and bear certain expenses until July 30, 2022, to limit the total annual operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes, and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.77%.
Lawrence G. Kemp, CFA, is portfolio manager of the fund and is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund, including managing the fund’s overall investment strategy. Mr. Kemp is a Managing Director of BlackRock. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2012, Mr. Kemp was a Managing Director at UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc. and was an investment management professional with that firm since 1992.
Phil Ruvinsky, is portfolio manager of the fund and is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund, including managing the fund’s overall investment strategy. Mr. Ruvinsky is a Managing Director of BlackRock. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2013, Mr. Ruvinsky was a sector head and research analyst at Sureview Capital LLC from 2010 to 2013. He began his career with UBS Global Asset Management in 2002.
Additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the fund is available in the SAI.
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Fund Management9

 

Table of Contents
Investing in the Fund

In this section, you will find information on buying, selling and exchanging shares. Investors may only invest in the fund through an intermediary by placing orders through your brokerage account at Schwab or an account with another broker/dealer, investment adviser, 401(k) plan, employee benefit plan, administrator, bank, or other financial intermediary (intermediary) that is authorized to accept orders on behalf of the fund (intermediary orders). No new accounts can be opened directly with the fund’s transfer agent. Eligible Shareholders (as defined herein) who purchased fund shares prior to October 2, 2017 directly from, and continue to hold such shares directly through, the fund’s transfer agent may continue to place additional purchase, exchange or redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent (direct orders). You also will see how to choose a distribution option for your investment. Helpful information on taxes is included as well.
The fund generally is not registered for sale in jurisdictions outside the United States and is intended for purchase by persons residing in the United States. A person is considered resident in the United States if at the time of the investment (i) the account has an address of record in the United States or a U.S. territory (including APO/FPO/DPO) and (ii) all account owners are resident in the United States or a U.S. territory and have a valid U.S. taxpayer identification number. If an existing account is updated to reflect a non-U.S. address, the account may be restricted from making additional investments.
Investing Through a Financial Intermediary

Placing Orders Through Your Intermediary
When you place orders through Schwab or other intermediary, you are not placing your orders directly with the fund, and you must follow Schwab’s or the other intermediary’s transaction procedures. Your intermediary may impose different or additional conditions than the fund on purchases, redemptions and exchanges of fund shares. These differences may include initial, subsequent and maintenance investment requirements, exchange policies, fund choices, cut-off times for investment and trading restrictions. Your intermediary may independently establish and charge its customers transaction fees, account fees and other fees in addition to the fees charged by the fund, and the intermediary may require its customers to pay a commission when transacting in fund shares. These additional fees may vary between intermediaries and may vary over time and would increase the cost of your investment and lower investment returns. You should consult your intermediary directly for information regarding these conditions and fees. The fund is not responsible for the failure of your intermediary to carry out its responsibilities.
Only certain intermediaries are authorized to accept orders on behalf of the fund. If your fund shares are no longer held by an authorized intermediary, the fund may impose restrictions on your ability to manage or maintain your shares. For example, you will not be able to place orders to purchase additional shares. To remove these restrictions, you may move your shares to Schwab or another intermediary that is authorized to accept fund orders.
Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares Through an Intermediary
For purposes of calculating the purchase price of fund shares, a purchase order is received by the Trust on the day that it is in “good order” unless it is rejected by the transfer agent. For a cash purchase order of fund shares to be in “good order” on a particular day, a check or money wire must be received on or before the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on that day. If the payment is received by the Trust after the deadline, the purchase price of fund shares will be based upon the next determination of net asset value of fund shares. No currency, third party checks, foreign checks, starter checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or money orders will be accepted.
The Trust reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of the fund or to reject purchase orders when, in its judgment, such suspension or rejection would be in the best interests of the Trust or the fund. The Trust discourages market timing and maintains procedures designed to provide reasonable assurances that such activity will be identified and terminated. Purchases of the fund’s shares may be made in full or in fractional shares of the fund (calculated to three decimal places). In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued.
When selling or exchanging shares, you should be aware of the following fund policies:
For accounts held through a financial intermediary, each fund typically expects to pay sale proceeds to the financial intermediary for payment to redeeming shareholders within two business days following receipt of a shareholder redemption order. For sale proceeds
10Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Investing in the Fund

 

Table of Contents
  that are paid directly to a shareholder by a fund, the fund typically expects to pay sales proceeds by wire, ACH, or by mailing a check to redeeming shareholders within two business days, following receipt of the shareholder redemption order. In each case, however, a fund may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.
The fund reserves the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of a fund’s assets, whichever is less. You may incur transaction expenses and taxable gains in converting these securities to cash. In addition, a redemption in liquid portfolio securities would be treated as a taxable event for you and may result in the recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.
Exchange orders are limited to Laudus Funds and Schwab Funds (that are not Sweep Investments®), and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class, if applicable, into which you are exchanging.
You should obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.
Investing Directly with the Fund

Additional Direct Purchases by Wire
Subject to acceptance by the fund, only Eligible Shareholders may make any additional purchases of the fund’s shares in the same account by wiring federal funds. Please first contact the fund at 1-800-407-0256 for complete wiring instructions. Notification must be given to the fund at 1-800-407-0256 prior to the close of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on the wire date. Federal funds purchases will be accepted only on a day on which the fund, the distributor and the custodian are all open for business. The fund reserves the right to suspend the privilege of direct purchase of additional shares of the fund at any time.
Additional Direct Purchases by Mail
Subject to acceptance by the fund, only Eligible Shareholders may make additional purchases of the fund’s shares in the same account by mail. Additional investments may be made at any time by mailing a check (payable to Schwab Funds) to the transfer agent at DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647. Be sure to include your account number on your check. The fund reserves the right to suspend the privilege of direct purchase of additional shares of the fund at any time.
Subject to acceptance by the fund, payment for the purchase of shares received by mail will be credited to a shareholder’s account at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after receipt, even though the check may not yet have been converted into federal funds. For purposes of calculating the purchase price of fund shares, a purchase order is received by the fund on the day that it is in good order unless it is rejected by the fund’s transfer agent. For a cash purchase order of fund shares to be in good order on a particular day, a check must be received on or before the close of the fund (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time or the close of the NYSE, whichever is earlier) on that day. If the payment is received by the fund after the deadline, the purchase price of fund shares will be based upon the next determination of net asset value of fund shares. No currency, third party checks, foreign checks, starter checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or money orders will be accepted by the fund.
Automatic Investment Program
Eligible Shareholders may also participate in the Laudus Funds Automatic Investment Program, an investment plan that automatically debits money from the shareholder’s bank account or an account at a broker or other intermediary and invests it in the fund through the use of electronic funds transfers. Investors may commence their participation in this program by making a minimum initial investment that satisfies the minimum investment amount for the fund and may elect to make subsequent investments by transfers of a minimum of $50 into their established fund account. Intermediaries may establish different minimum subsequent transaction amounts. You should contact the Trust for more information about the Laudus Funds Automatic Investment Program.
Individual Retirement Accounts
The fund may be used to fund individual retirement accounts (IRAs). A special application must be completed in order to create such an account. Contributions to IRAs are subject to prevailing amount limits set by the Internal Revenue Service. For more information about IRAs, call the Trust at 1-800-407-0256.
Direct Redemptions by Telephone
If you authorized the telephone redemption option in the account application, you may place a redemption order by calling the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 and requesting that the redemption proceeds be wired per the authorized instructions in the account application or mailed to the primary registration address. Your redemption order will be processed at the net asset value per share of the
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Investing in the Fund11

 

Table of Contents
fund next determined after receipt of your telephone redemption order by the transfer agent. Please note that the transfer agent may only act on telephone instructions believed by the transfer agent to be genuine. The transfer agent’s records of such instructions are binding on the shareholder. The shareholder, not the fund or the transfer agent, bears the risk of loss in the event of unauthorized instructions reasonably believed by the transfer agent to be genuine. The transfer agent will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated are genuine. These procedures include tape recording of telephone instructions and requiring some form of personal identification prior to acting upon instructions received by telephone.
Direct Redemptions by Mail
You may redeem your fund shares by mail by sending a request letter to the fund’s transfer agent at DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647. Your redemption request will be processed by the fund at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after the request is received in good order. To be in good order, the redemption request must include the name of the fund and the number of shares or the dollar amount to be redeemed, all required signatures, authorizations and any required signature guarantees, and other supporting legal documents, if required, in the case of estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and profit sharing plans and other organizations.
Additional Direct Redemption Information
To protect you, the fund and its service providers from fraud, signature guarantees may be required to enable the transfer agent to verify the identity of the person who has authorized a redemption from an account. Signature guarantees are required for (1) redemptions where the proceeds are to be sent to someone other than the registered shareholder(s) at the registered address, (2) redemptions if your account address has changed within the last 10 business days, (3) share transfer requests, and (4) redemptions where the proceeds are wired in connection with bank instructions not already on file with the transfer agent. Signature guarantees may be obtained from certain eligible financial institutions, including, but not limited to, the following: U.S. banks, trust companies, credit unions, securities brokers and dealers, savings and loan associations and participants in the Securities and Transfer Association Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) or the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP). Signature guarantees from non-U.S. banks that do not include a stamp may require a U.S. consulate stamp. You may contact the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 for further details.
The fund will not make payment on redemptions of shares purchased by check until payment of the purchase price has been collected, which may take up to fifteen days after purchase. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option.
Systematic Withdrawal Plan
An owner of $12,000 or more of shares of the fund who purchased fund shares prior to October 2, 2017 and holds such shares directly through the fund’s transfer agent may elect to have periodic redemptions made from the investor’s account to be paid on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. The maximum payment per year is 12% of the account value at the time of the election. The Trust will normally redeem a sufficient number of shares to make the scheduled redemption payments on a date selected by the shareholder. Depending on the size of the payment requested and fluctuation in the net asset value, if any, of the shares redeemed, redemptions for the purpose of making such payments may reduce or even exhaust the account. A shareholder may request that these payments be sent to a predesignated bank or other designated party. Capital gains and dividend distributions paid to the account will automatically be reinvested at net asset value on the distribution payment date.
Direct Exchange Privileges
Exchange orders are limited to Laudus Funds and Schwab Funds (that are not Sweep Investments), and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class, if applicable, into which you are exchanging. Direct investors should contact the Trust at 1-800-407-0256. An exchange of your shares for shares of another Laudus Fund or Schwab Fund is taxable as a sale of a security on which a gain or loss may be recognized. Shareholders should receive written confirmation of an exchange within a few days of the completion of the transaction. A new account opened by an exchange must be established with the same name(s), address(es) and tax identification number(s) as the existing account. All exchanges will be made based on the respective net asset values next determined following receipt of the request by the fund containing the information indicated below. Shareholders should obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.
Direct Exchanges by Telephone
If you authorized the telephone redemption option in the account application, you may exchange fund shares by telephone by calling the fund’s transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256. Please be prepared to provide the following information: (a) the account number, tax identification number and account registration; (b) the name of the fund from which and the fund into which the exchange is to be made; and (c) the dollar or share amount to be exchanged. Please note that the transfer agent may act only on telephone instructions believed by
12Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Investing in the Fund

 

Table of Contents
the transfer agent to be genuine. Please see the section entitled “Direct Redemptions by Telephone” for more information regarding transacting with the fund’s transfer agent via telephone.
Direct Exchanges by Mail
To exchange fund shares by mail, simply send a letter of instruction to the fund’s transfer agent at DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 219647, Kansas City, MO 64121-9647. The letter of instruction must include: (a) your account number; (b) the fund from and the fund into which the exchange is to be made; (c) the dollar or share amount to be exchanged; and (d) the signatures of all registered owners or authorized parties.
The fund reserves the right to suspend or terminate the privilege of exchanging shares of the fund by mail or by telephone at any time. The fund further reserves the right to materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.
Other Investing Information

Investments in-Kind
Shares of the fund may be purchased in exchange for common stocks or bonds or by a combination of such securities and cash. Purchase of shares of the fund in exchange for securities is subject in each case to CSIM’s and the subadviser’s determination that the securities to be exchanged are acceptable. Securities accepted in exchange for fund shares will be valued as set forth under “Share price” (generally the last quoted sale price) as of the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. All dividends, subscription or other rights which are reflected in the market price of accepted securities at the time of valuation become the property of the fund and must be delivered to the fund upon receipt by the investor from the issuer. Generally, the exchange of common stocks for shares of the fund will be a taxable event for federal income tax purposes, which will trigger gain or loss to an investor subject to federal income taxation, measured by the difference between the value of the shares of the fund received and the investor’s basis in the securities tendered. Accordingly, you should consult your tax adviser before making such an in-kind purchase.
The fund will not accept securities in exchange for fund shares unless: (i) CSIM and the subadviser believe the securities are appropriate investments for the fund; (ii) the investor represents and agrees that all securities offered to the fund are not subject to any restrictions upon their sale by the fund under the Securities Act of 1933, or otherwise; and (iii) the securities may be acquired under the fund’s investment restrictions.
Further Redemption Information
The fund reserves the right to redeem your shares in-kind in accordance with the fund’s procedures and applicable regulatory requirements. If CSIM determines that it would not be in the best interests of the remaining shareholders of the fund to make a redemption payment wholly or partly in cash, the fund may instead pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution in-kind of readily marketable securities held by the fund. The Trust may commit itself to pay in cash all requests for redemption by any shareholder of record, limited in amount with respect to each shareholder during any 90-day period to the lesser of: (i) $250,000, or (ii) one percent of net asset value of such fund at the beginning of such period. Securities used to redeem fund shares in-kind will be valued in accordance with the fund’s valuation procedures described in this prospectus. Securities distributed by the fund in-kind will be selected by the subadviser, under CSIM’s supervision, in light of the fund’s objective and generally will be a pro rata distribution of each security held in the fund’s portfolio. Investors may incur brokerage charges on the sale of securities received. Redemptions in-kind are taxable for federal income tax purposes in the same manner as redemptions for cash.
The fund may suspend the right of redemption and may postpone payment for a reasonable period when the NYSE is closed for other than weekends or holidays, or if permitted by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), during periods when trading on the NYSE is restricted or during an emergency declared by the SEC which makes it impracticable for the fund to dispose of their securities or to determine the value of their net assets fairly, or during any other period permitted by the SEC for the protection of investors.
Share Price

The fund is open for business each day that the NYSE is open. The fund calculates its share price each business day as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time). If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Investing in the Fund13

 

Table of Contents
scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. The fund’s share price is its net asset value per share, or NAV, which is the fund’s net assets divided by the number of its shares outstanding. Orders received by the fund in good order at or prior to the close of the fund (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) will be executed at the next share price calculated that day.
If you place an order through your Schwab account or an account at another intermediary, please consult with your intermediary to determine when your order will be executed. Generally, you will receive the share price next calculated after the fund receives your order from your intermediary. However, some intermediaries, such as Schwab, may arrange with the fund for you to receive the share price next calculated after your intermediary has received your order. Some intermediaries may require that they receive orders prior to a specified cut-off time.
In valuing its securities, the fund uses market quotes or official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases where quotes are not readily available or the investment adviser deems them unreliable, the fund may value securities based on fair values developed using methods approved by the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Shareholders of the fund should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the fund is closed, the value of the fund’s portfolio may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund.
Additional Policies Affecting Your Investment

The fund reserves certain rights, including the following:
To materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.
To suspend the right to sell shares back to the fund, and delay sending proceeds, during times when trading on the NYSE is restricted or halted, or otherwise as permitted by the SEC.
To withdraw or suspend any part of the offering made by this prospectus.
Minimum Investment
None
The Trustees have authorized the Trust to reimburse, out of the assets of the fund, intermediaries that provide sub-accounting and sub-transfer agency services an amount up to 0.10% of the average daily net assets of the fund on an annual basis.
Shares of the fund may be sold to corporations or other institutions such as trusts, foundations, broker-dealers or other intermediaries purchasing for the accounts of others. Investors purchasing and redeeming shares of the fund through an intermediary may be charged a transaction-based fee or other fee for the services provided by the intermediary. Each such intermediary is responsible for transmitting to its customers a schedule of any such fees and information regarding any additional or different conditions with respect to purchases and redemptions of fund shares. Customers of intermediaries should read this prospectus in light of the terms governing accounts with their particular organization.
Please note that intermediaries may impose additional or different conditions than the fund on purchases, redemptions or exchanges of fund shares, including different initial, subsequent and maintenance investment requirements.
Payments by the Investment Adviser or Its Affiliates
The investment adviser or its affiliates make payments out of their own resources, or provide products and services at a discount, to certain brokerage firms, banks, insurance companies, retirement plan service providers and other financial intermediaries that perform shareholder, recordkeeping, sub-accounting and other administrative services in connection with investments in fund shares. These payments or discounts are separate from, and may be in addition to, any shareholder service fees or other administrative fees the fund may pay to those intermediaries. The investment adviser or its affiliates also make payments out of their own resources, or provide products and services at a discount, to certain financial intermediaries in connection with certain activities or services which may facilitate, directly or indirectly, investment in the fund. These payments may relate to marketing and/or fund promotion activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development and support of technology platforms and/or reporting systems, data analytics and support, or making shares of the fund available to their customers. These payments, which may be significant, are paid by the investment adviser or its affiliates out of their own resources and not from the assets of the fund.
Payments to a financial intermediary may create potential conflicts of interest between the intermediary and its clients as the payments may provide such intermediary with an incentive to favor sales of shares of the funds over other investment options they make available to their customers. Please see the SAI for additional information.
14Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Investing in the Fund

 

Table of Contents
Policy Regarding Short-Term or Excessive Trading
The fund is intended for long-term investment and not for short-term or excessive trading (collectively market timing). Market timing may adversely impact the fund’s performance by disrupting the efficient management of the fund, increasing fund transaction costs and taxes, causing the fund to maintain higher cash balances, and diluting the value of the fund’s shares.
To discourage market timing, the fund’s Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to reduce the risk of market timing by fund shareholders. The fund seeks to deter market timing through several methods. These methods may include fair value pricing and trade activity monitoring. Fair value pricing is discussed more thoroughly in the subsequent pages of this prospectus and is considered an element of the fund’s policy regarding short-term or excessive trading. Trade activity monitoring is risk based and seeks to identify patterns of activity in amounts that might be detrimental to the fund.
The fund and its service providers maintain risk-based surveillance procedures designed to detect market timing in fund shares in amounts that might be detrimental to the fund. Under these procedures, the fund has requested that service providers to the fund monitor transactional activity in amounts and frequency determined by the fund to be significant to the fund and in a pattern of activity that potentially could be detrimental to the fund. Generally, excessive trading activity in the fund is measured by the number of roundtrip transactions in a shareholder’s account. A roundtrip transaction occurs when a shareholder completes a purchase of shares and then sells the same fund’s shares (including exchanges). If an investor engages in multiple roundtrips in the fund within a 60-day period or the fund, in its sole discretion based on these or other factors, determines that a shareholder has engaged in market timing, it may refuse to process future purchases or exchanges into such fund by that shareholder for a period of 90 days. Subsequent violations within a 12-month period will be evaluated to determine whether a permanent block is appropriate. These procedures may be modified from time to time as appropriate to improve the detection of market timing and to comply with applicable laws.
If trades are effected through a financial intermediary, the fund or its service providers will work with the intermediary to monitor possible market timing activity. The fund reserves the right to request that the intermediary provide certain shareholder transaction information to the fund and may require the intermediary to restrict the shareholder from future purchases or exchanges in the fund. Transactions by fund shareholders investing through intermediaries may also be subject to the restrictions of the intermediary’s own frequent trading policies, which may differ from those of the fund. The fund may defer to an intermediary’s frequent trading policies with respect to those shareholders who invest in the fund through such intermediary if the fund determines that the intermediary’s frequent trading policies are reasonably designed to deter transactional activity in amounts and frequency that are deemed to be significant to the fund and in a pattern of activity that potentially could be detrimental to the fund. Shareholders should consult with their intermediary to determine if additional frequent trading restrictions apply to their fund transactions. The fund’s ability to impose restrictions with respect to accounts traded through particular intermediaries may vary depending on the systems’ capabilities, applicable contractual and legal restrictions and cooperation of those intermediaries.
Although these methods are designed to discourage market timing, there can be no guarantee that the fund will be able to identify and restrict investors that engage in such activities. In addition, some of these methods are inherently subjective and involve judgment in their application. The fund and its service providers seek to make these judgments and applications uniformly and in a manner that they believe is consistent with interests of the fund’s long-term shareholders. The fund may amend these policies and procedures without prior notice in response to changing regulatory requirements or to enhance the effectiveness of the program.
The fund reserves the right to restrict, reject or cancel within a reasonable time, without prior notice, any purchase or exchange order for any reason.
Fair Value Pricing
The Board of Trustees has adopted procedures to fair value the fund’s securities when market prices are not “readily available” or are unreliable. For example, the fund may fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security’s primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security’s primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security’s value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security’s primary trading market.
By fair valuing securities whose prices may have been affected by events occurring after the close of trading, the fund  seeks to to establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the current sales of these securities. This methodology is designed to deter “arbitrage” market timers, who seek to exploit delays between the change in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings and the net asset value of its shares, and seeks to help ensure that the prices at which the fund’s shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to shareholders.
The fund makes fair value determinations in good faith in accordance with the fund’s valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security.
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Investing in the Fund15

 

Table of Contents
Methods to Meet Redemptions
Under normal market conditions, the fund expects to meet redemption orders by using holdings of cash/cash equivalents or by the sale of portfolio investments. In unusual or stressed market conditions or as CSIM determines appropriate, the fund may borrow through the fund’s bank lines of credit or through the fund’s interfund lending facility to meet redemption requests. The fund may also utilize its custodian overdraft facility to meet redemptions, if necessary. As noted above, the fund also reserves the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of the fund’s assets, whichever is less. You may be subject to market risk and you may incur transaction expenses and taxable gains in converting the securities to cash. In addition, a redemption in liquid portfolio securities would be treated as a taxable event for you and may result in the recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.
Large Shareholder Redemptions
Certain accounts or Schwab affiliates may from time to time own (beneficially or of record) or control a significant percentage of the fund’s shares. Redemptions by these shareholders of their holdings in the fund may impact the fund’s liquidity and NAV. These redemptions may also force the fund to sell securities, which may negatively impact the fund’s brokerage costs.
Customer Identification and Verification and Anti-Money Laundering Program
Customer identification and verification is part of the fund’s overall obligation to deter money laundering under federal law. The fund has adopted an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program designed to prevent the fund from being used for money laundering or the financing of terrorist activities. In this regard, the fund reserves the right to (i) refuse, cancel or rescind any purchase or exchange order; (ii) freeze any account and/or suspend account services; or (iii) involuntarily close your account in cases of threatening conduct or suspected fraudulent or illegal activity. These actions will be taken when, in the sole discretion of fund management, they are deemed to be in the best interest of the fund or in cases when the fund is requested or compelled to do so by governmental or law enforcement authority. If your account is closed at the request of governmental or law enforcement authority, you may not receive proceeds of the redemption if the fund is required to withhold such proceeds.
Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you open your account, you will have to provide your name, address, date of birth, identification number and other information that will allow your financial intermediary to identify you. This information is subject to verification to ensure the identity of all persons opening an account.
Your financial intermediary is required by law to reject your new account application if the required identifying information is not provided. Your financial intermediary may contact you in an attempt to collect any missing information required on the application, and your application may be rejected if they are unable to obtain this information. In certain instances, your financial intermediary is required to collect documents that will be used solely to establish and verify your identity.
The fund reserves the right to close and/or liquidate your account at the then-current day’s price if the fund or your financial intermediary is unable to verify your identity. As a result, you may be subject to a gain or loss on fund shares and will be subject to corresponding tax consequences.
Distributions and Taxes

Any investment in the fund typically involves several tax considerations. The information below is meant as a general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Please see the SAI for additional information. Because each person’s tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your investment in the fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) website at www.irs.gov.
The fund intends to pay out as dividends substantially all of its net income and net short-term and long-term capital gains (after reduction by any available capital loss carry-forwards). It is the policy of the fund to declare and pay distributions of its dividends and interest annually, although it may do so more frequently as determined by the Trustees of the Trust. The fund’s policy is to distribute net short-term capital gains and net long-term gains annually, although it may do so more frequently as determined by the Trustees of the Trust to the extent permitted by applicable regulations. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in early November, an estimate of the fund’s year-end distribution, if any, may be made available on the fund’s website: www.schwabfunds.com. The amount of any distribution will change and there is no guarantee the fund will declare and pay dividend income or distribute a capital gain.
16Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Investing in the Fund

 

Table of Contents
All dividends and/or distributions will be paid out in the form of additional shares of the fund at net asset value unless the shareholder elects to receive cash. Shareholders may make this election by marking the appropriate box on the account application or by writing to the Trust.
If you elect to receive distributions in cash and checks are returned and marked as “undeliverable” or remain uncashed for six months, your cash election will be changed automatically and your future dividend and capital gains distributions will be reinvested in that fund at the per share net asset value determined as of the date of payment of the distribution. In addition, any undeliverable checks or checks that remain uncashed for six months will be canceled and will be reinvested in that fund at the per share net asset value determined as of the date of cancellation.
The fund intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code) and to meet all requirements necessary to avoid paying any federal income or excise taxes. For federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares. Distributions of net capital gains from the sale of investments that the fund owned for more than one year and that are properly reported by the fund as capital gain dividends will be taxable as long-term capital gains. Distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions of investment income reported by the fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and fund level. The fund will notify its shareholders as to what portion of fund distributions are reported as qualified dividend income.
Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from income or gains earned by the fund before a shareholder’s investment (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid). Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or in the form of additional shares of the fund to which the distribution relates. Any gain resulting from the sale or exchange of fund shares generally will be taxable as capital gain. For tax purposes, an exchange of your fund shares for shares of a different fund is the same as a sale. The gain or loss generally will be treated as short term if you held the shares for one year or less, long term if you held the shares for longer.
The maximum individual rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” and long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20% (depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts). Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gains distributions received (or deemed received) by you with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be disallowed if you purchase other substantially identical shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
If the fund’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution will not be taxable to the extent of a shareholder’s adjusted basis but will reduce such basis and result in a higher capital gain or lower capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. To the extent that a return of capital distribution exceeds a shareholder’s adjusted basis, the distribution will be treated as a gain from the sale of shares.
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.
The fund will provide federal tax information annually, including information about dividends and distributions paid during the preceding year.
Prior to January 1, 2012, when shareholders sold fund shares from a taxable account, they typically received information on their tax forms that calculated their gain or loss using the average cost method. This information was not previously reported to the IRS, and shareholders had the option of calculating gains or losses using an alternative IRS permitted method. However, in accordance with legislation passed by Congress in 2008, the fund reports cost basis information to the IRS for shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012 and sold thereafter. Shareholders elect their preferred cost basis method; however, in the absence of an election, the fund will use an average cost basis method. Please consult your tax adviser to determine the appropriate cost basis method for your particular tax situation and to learn more about how the new cost basis reporting laws apply to you and your investments, including investments made prior to January 1, 2012 and sold thereafter.
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Investing in the Fund17

 

Table of Contents
If you are investing through a taxable account and purchase shares of the fund just before it declares a distribution, you may receive a portion of your investment back as a taxable distribution. This is because when the fund makes a distribution, the share price is reduced by the amount of the distribution. You can avoid “buying a dividend,” as it is often called, by finding out if a distribution is imminent and waiting until afterwards to invest. Of course, you may decide that the opportunity to gain a few days of investment performance outweighs the tax consequences of buying a dividend.
The fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all taxable distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders if the shareholders fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or if they have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against U.S. federal income tax liability.
Foreign shareholders may be subject to different U.S. federal income tax treatment, including withholding tax at the rate of 30% (unless a lower treaty rate applies) on amounts treated as ordinary dividends from the fund, as discussed in more detail in the SAI. Furthermore, the fund is required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the fund to enable the fund to determine whether withholding is required.
The fund’s investments in foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes. In that case, the fund’s return on those securities would be decreased. In addition, the fund’s investments in foreign securities or foreign currencies may increase or accelerate the fund’s recognition of ordinary income and may affect the timing or amount of the fund’s distributions. If more than 50% of the fund’s assets at fiscal year-end is represented by debt and equity securities of foreign corporations, the fund intends to elect to permit shareholders who are U.S. citizens, resident aliens or U.S. corporations to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction (but not both) on their U.S. income tax returns for their pro rata portion of qualified taxes paid by a fund to foreign countries in respect of foreign securities the fund has held for at least the minimum period specified in the Code. For the purposes of the foreign tax credit, each such shareholder would include in gross income from foreign sources its pro rata share of such taxes. Certain limitations imposed by the Code may prevent shareholders from receiving a full foreign tax credit or deduction for their allocable amount of such taxes.
To the extent such investments are permissible for the fund, the fund’s transactions in derivatives will be subject to special tax rules (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, and wash sale rules), the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the fund, defer losses to the fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term gains or convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. The fund’s use of such transactions may result in the fund realizing more short-term capital gains (subject to tax at ordinary income tax rates) and ordinary income subject to tax at ordinary income tax rates than it would if it did not engage in such transactions.
The foregoing is a general summary of the federal income tax consequences of investing in the fund to shareholders who are U.S. citizens or U.S. corporations. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors about the tax consequences of an investment in the fund in light of each shareholder’s particular tax situation. Shareholders should also consult their own tax advisors about consequences under foreign, state, local or other applicable tax laws.
18Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund | Investing in the Fund

 

Table of Contents
Prospectus | July 29, 2020
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund

To Learn More
This prospectus contains important information on the fund and should be read and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information from the following sources:
Annual and semiannual reports, which are sent to current fund investors, contain more information about the fund’s holdings and detailed financial information about the fund. Annual reports also contain information from the fund’s manager(s) about strategies, recent market conditions and trends and their impact on fund performance during the fund’s last fiscal period.
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus, making it legally part of the prospectus.
For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the fund, call Laudus Funds at 1-877-824-5615. In addition, you may visit the Laudus Funds’ website at www.schwabfunds.com/laudusfunds_prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI or an annual or semiannual report.
The SAI, the fund’s annual and semiannual reports and other related materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov.
SEC File Number
Laudus Trust 811-5547
REG48076-13


Table of Contents
Laudus Funds®
Laudus ® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund LGILX
Statement Of Additional Information
July 29, 2020
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the fund’s prospectus dated July 29, 2020 (as amended from time to time).
The fund’s audited financial statements and the report of the independent registered public accounting firm thereon from the fund’s annual report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.
For a free copy of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the fund, call Laudus Funds at 1-877-824-5615. For TDD service, call 1-800-345-2550. In addition, you may visit the Laudus Funds’ website at www.schwabfunds.com/laudusfunds_prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI or an annual or semiannual report.
The fund is a series of Laudus Trust (the Trust). The fund is part of the Schwab complex of funds (Schwab Funds).
REG48077-14

 

Table of Contents

 

Table of Contents
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, SECURITIES, STRATEGIES, RISKS AND LIMITATIONS
Notice on Shareholder Approval. Unless otherwise indicated in the Prospectus or this Statement of Additional Information, the investment objective and policies of the fund may be changed without shareholder approval. The following investment policies, securities, strategies, risks and limitations supplement those set forth in the Prospectus and may be changed without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted. Also, except with respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, policies and limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard, shall be measured immediately after and as a result of the fund’s acquisition of such security or asset unless otherwise noted. Thus, any subsequent change in values, net assets or other circumstances does not require the fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment.
Investment Objective
The fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. There is no guarantee the fund will achieve its objective.
Fund Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities of U.S. large capitalization companies. The fund defines large capitalization companies as those with a market capitalization of at least $3 billion at the time of investment. In addition, up to 20% of the fund’s net assets may be invested in foreign equity securities. Investments in equity securities include common stock and preferred stock. The fund may, but is not required to, use derivative instruments (Derivatives) for risk management purposes or as part of the fund’s investment strategies. Generally, Derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate, or index, and may relate to stocks, bonds, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, and related indexes. The principal types of Derivatives used by the fund include options, futures and forward currency agreements. The fund may use Derivatives to earn income and enhance returns, to manage or adjust the risk profile of the fund, to replace more traditional direct investments, or to obtain exposure to certain markets. The fund will notify shareholders at least 60 days prior to any change in its policy of investing at least 80% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities of U.S. large capitalization companies.
In deciding whether an investment is tied to the U.S., the fund’s subadviser considers a number of factors including whether the investment is issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies; the investment has its primary trading market in the U.S.; the issuer is organized under the laws of, derives at least 50% of its revenues from, or has at least 50% of its assets in, the U.S.; the investment is included in an index representative of the U.S.; and the investment is exposed to the economic fortunes and risks of the U.S.
Investment Securities, Strategies and Risks
The different types of investments that the fund typically may invest in, the investment techniques it may use and the risks normally associated with these investments are discussed below. The fund will make investments that are intended to help achieve its investment objective.
From time to time the fund may hold certain securities not otherwise discussed in this SAI as a permissible investment for the fund. To the extent an investment becomes part of the fund’s principal or non-principal investment strategy, the fund will take the necessary steps to identify them as permissible investments. In addition, the fund may receive (i.e., not actively invest) such securities as a result of a corporate action, such as securities dividends, spin-offs or rights issues. In such cases, the fund will not actively add to its position and generally will dispose the securities as soon as reasonably practicable.
Bankers’ Acceptances or notes are credit instruments evidencing a bank’s obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. The fund will invest only in bankers’ acceptances of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in the aggregate in excess of $100 million.
Borrowing. The fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes; for example, the fund may borrow at times to meet redemption requests rather than sell portfolio securities to raise the necessary cash. The fund’s borrowings will be subject to interest costs. Borrowing can also involve leveraging when securities are purchased with the borrowed money. Leveraging creates interest expenses that can exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowed money. In addition, leveraging may magnify changes in the net asset value of the fund’s shares and in its portfolio yield. The fund can avoid leverage by not purchasing securities while borrowings are outstanding. The fund will earmark or segregate assets to cover such borrowings in accordance with positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). If assets used to secure a borrowing decrease in value, the fund may be required to pledge additional collateral to avoid liquidation of those assets.
The fund may establish lines-of-credit (lines) with certain banks by which it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by the fund within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. The fund may use the lines to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force the fund to liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to the fund’s remaining shareholders. The fund will pay a fee to the bank for using the lines.
Certificates of Deposit​ or time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. The fund will invest only in certificates of deposit of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in the aggregate in excess of $100 million.
1

 

Table of Contents
Concentration means that substantial amounts of assets are invested in a particular industry or group of industries. Concentration increases investment exposure to industry risk. For example, the automobile industry may have a greater exposure to a single factor, such as an increase in the price of oil, which may adversely affect the sale of automobiles and, as a result, the value of the industry’s securities. The fund will not concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries.
Commercial Paper consists of short term, promissory notes issued by banks, corporations and other institutions to finance short term credit needs. These securities generally are discounted but sometimes may be interest bearing. Commercial paper, which also may be unsecured, is subject to credit risk.
Credit and Liquidity Supports or Enhancements may be employed by issuers to reduce the credit risk of their securities. Credit supports include letters of credit, insurance, total return and credit swap agreements and guarantees provided by foreign and domestic financial institutions. Liquidity supports include puts, demand features and lines of credit. Most of these arrangements move the credit risk of an investment from the issuer of the security to the support provider. The subadviser may rely on its evaluation of the credit and liquidity support provider in determining whether to purchase or hold a security enhanced by such support. Changes in the credit quality of a support provider could cause losses to the fund, and affect its share price.
Debt Securities are obligations issued by domestic and foreign entities, including governments and corporations, in order to raise money. They are basically “IOUs,” but are commonly referred to as bonds or money market securities. These securities normally require the issuer to pay a fixed-, variable- or floating- rate of interest on the amount of money borrowed (the principal) until it is paid back upon maturity.
Debt securities experience price changes when interest rates change. For example, when interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the prices of debt securities generally fall. Certain debt securities have call features that allow issuers to redeem their outstanding debts prior to final maturity. Depending on the call feature, an issuer may pre-pay its outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. This is especially true for bonds with sinking fund provisions, which commit the issuer to set aside a certain amount of money to cover timely repayment of principal and typically allow the issuer to annually repurchase certain of its outstanding bonds from the open market or at a pre-set call price. If an issuer redeems the debt securities prior to final maturity, the fund may have to replace these securities with lower yielding securities, which could result in a lower return. This is known as prepayment risk and is more likely to occur in a falling interest rate environment. In a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities is less likely to occur. This is known as extension risk and may cause the value of debt securities to depreciate as a result of the higher market interest rates. Typically, longer-maturity securities react to interest rate changes more severely than shorter-term securities (all things being equal), but generally offer greater rates of interest.
A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or economic conditions may lead to a change in interest rates, which could have sudden and unpredictable effects on the markets and significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. Some debt securities, such as bonds with longer durations, are more sensitive to interest rate changes than others and may experience an immediate and considerable reduction in value if interest rates rise. Longer duration securities tend to be more volatile than shorter duration securities. As the values of debt securities in the fund’s portfolio adjust to a rise in interest rates, the fund’s share price may fall. In the event that the fund holds a large portion of its portfolio in longer duration securities when interest rates increase, the share price of the fund may fall significantly.
Debt securities also are subject to the risk that the issuers will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. This is called credit risk. Corporate debt securities (bonds) tend to have higher credit risk generally than U.S. government debt securities. Debt securities also may be subject to price volatility due to market perception of future interest rates, the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk). Investment-grade debt securities are considered medium- and/or high-quality securities, although some still possess varying degrees of speculative characteristics and risks. Debt securities rated below investment-grade are riskier, but may offer higher yields. These securities are sometimes referred to as high yield securities or “junk bonds.” The market for these securities has historically been less liquid and more volatile than for investment-grade securities.
Corporate bonds are debt securities issued by corporations. Although a higher return is expected from corporate bonds, these securities, while subject to the same general risks as U.S. government securities, are subject to greater credit risk than U.S. government securities. Their prices may be affected by the perceived credit quality of their issuer.
Delayed-Delivery Transactions include purchasing and selling securities on a delayed-delivery or when-issued basis. These transactions involve a commitment to buy or sell specific securities at a predetermined price or yield, with payment and delivery taking place after the customary settlement period for that type of security. When purchasing securities on a delayed-delivery basis, the fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations. Typically, no interest will accrue to the purchaser until the security is delivered. The fund will earmark or segregate appropriate liquid assets to cover its delayed-delivery purchase obligations. When the fund sells a security on a delayed-delivery basis, it does not participate in further gains or losses with respect to that security. If the other party to a delayed-delivery transaction fails to deliver or pay for the securities, the fund could suffer losses.
Depositary Receipts include American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) as well as other “hybrid” forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. Depositary receipts may be sponsored or unsponsored. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home
2

 

Table of Contents
country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.
Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject the fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments withholding taxes on income or possible imposition of withholding taxes on income; possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits; possible establishment of exchange controls; or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates. Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers. In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation and different accounting treatment than are those in the United States. Please see the section entitled “Foreign Securities” for more detail.
Although the two types of depositary receipt facilities (unsponsored or sponsored) are similar, there are differences regarding a holder’s rights and obligations and the practices of market participants. A depository may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or acquiescence of) the underlying issuer; typically, however, the depository requests a letter of non-objection from the underlying issuer prior to establishing the facility. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of the facility. The depository usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the underlying securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars or other currency, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services. The depository of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the underlying issuer or to pass through voting rights to depositary receipt holders with respect to the underlying securities.
Sponsored depositary receipt facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that sponsored depositary receipts are established jointly by a depository and the underlying issuer through a deposit agreement. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the underlying issuer, the depository, and the depositary receipt holders. With sponsored facilities, the underlying issuer typically bears some of the costs of the depositary receipts (such as dividend payment fees of the depository), although most sponsored depositary receipts holders may bear costs such as deposit and withdrawal fees. Depositories of most sponsored depositary receipts agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings, voting instructions, and other shareholder communications and information to the depositary receipt holders at the underlying issuer’s request.
Derivative Instruments are commonly defined to include instruments or contracts whose values depend on (or “derive” from) the value of one or more other assets such as securities, currencies or commodities. These “other assets” are commonly referred to as “underlying assets.” The fund may use derivative instruments as part of its principal investment strategy.
A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits characteristics similar to options or forward contracts. Options and forward contracts are considered to be the basic “building blocks” of derivatives. For example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately negotiated, over-the-counter (OTC) options (including caps, floors, collars, and options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or forward contracts in different ways, and applying these structures to a wide range of underlying assets. Risk management strategies include investment techniques designed to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities, manage the average duration of the portfolio or create or alter exposure to certain asset classes, such as equity, other debt or foreign securities.
In addition to the derivative instruments and strategies described in this SAI, the investment adviser (as defined below) or subadviser expects to discover additional derivative instruments and other hedging or risk management techniques. The investment adviser or subadviser may utilize these new derivative instruments and techniques to the extent that they are consistent with the fund’s investment objective and permitted by the fund’s investment limitations, operating policies and applicable regulatory authorities.
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) regulates the trading of commodity interests, including certain futures contracts, options, and swaps in which the fund may invest. A fund that invests in commodity interests will generally be subject to certain CFTC regulatory requirements if it is considered a “commodity pool.” A notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” (CPO) under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (CEA) has been filed, on behalf of the fund, with respect to the fund’s operation. Therefore, the fund and its investment adviser are not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO under the CEA. If the fund were no longer able to claim the exclusion, the fund’s investment adviser may be required to register as a CPO and the fund and its investment adviser would be subject to regulation as a CPO under the CEA. If the fund or its investment adviser is subject to CFTC regulation, it may incur additional expenses and/or may choose to make changes to its investment strategies.
Equity Linked Securities. The fund may invest a portion of its assets in equity linked securities. Equity linked securities are privately issued derivative securities which have a return component based on the performance of a single security, a basket of securities, or an index. Equity linked securities are primarily used by the fund as an alternative means to more efficiently and effectively access the securities market of what is generally an emerging country. To the extent that the fund invests in equity linked securities whose return corresponds to the performance of
3

 

Table of Contents
a foreign securities index or one or more of foreign stocks, investing in equity linked securities will involve risks similar to the risks of investing in foreign securities. See “Foreign Securities” below.
The fund deposits an amount of cash with its custodian (or broker, if legally permitted) in an amount near or equal to the selling price of the underlying security in exchange for an equity linked security. Upon sale, the fund receives cash from the broker or custodian equal to the value of the underlying security. Aside from the market risk associated with the underlying security, there is the risk of default by the other party to the transaction. In the event of insolvency of the other party, the fund might be unable to obtain its expected benefit. In addition, while the fund will seek to enter into such transactions only with parties which are capable of entering into closing transactions with the fund, there can be no assurance that the fund will be able to close out such a transaction with the other party or obtain an offsetting position with any other party, at any time prior to the end of the term of the underlying agreement. This may impair the fund’s ability to enter into other transactions at a time when doing so might be advantageous.
Equity linked securities are often used for many of the same purposes as, and share many of the same risks with, derivative instruments such as options. See “Options Contracts” below. Equity linked securities may be considered illiquid and thus subject to the fund’s restrictions on investments in illiquid securities. In some instances, investments in equity linked securities may also be subject to the fund’s limitations on investing in investment companies; see “Securities of Other Investment Companies” below.
Equity Securities represent ownership interests in a company, and are commonly called “stocks.” The fund invests in equity securities as part of its principal investment strategy. Equity securities historically have outperformed most other securities, although their prices can fluctuate based on changes in a company’s financial condition, market conditions and political, economic or even company-specific news. When a stock’s price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Sometimes factors, such as economic conditions or political events, affect the value of stocks of companies of the same or similar industry or group of industries, and may affect the entire stock market.
Types of equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants, depositary receipts (ADRs, EDRs, GDRs), interests in real estate investment trusts and interests in business development companies. (For more information on real estate investment trusts (REITs), see the section entitled “Real Estate Investment Trusts,” for more information on depositary receipts, see the section entitled “Depositary Receipts,” and for more information on business development companies, see the section entitled “Business Development Companies”).
Common Stocks, which are probably the most recognized type of equity security, represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer and usually entitle the owner to voting rights in the election of the corporation’s directors and any other matters submitted to the corporation’s shareholders for voting, as well as to receive dividends on such stock. The market value of common stock can fluctuate widely, as it reflects increases and decreases in an issuer’s earnings. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners, other debt holders and owners of preferred stock take precedence over the claims of common stock owners.
Preferred Stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer but do not ordinarily carry voting rights, though they may carry limited voting rights. Preferred stocks normally have preference over the corporation’s assets and earnings, however. For example, preferred stocks have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends. Preferred stocks normally pay dividends at a specified rate. However, preferred stock may be purchased where the issuer has omitted, or is in danger of omitting, payment of its dividend. Such investments would be made primarily for their capital appreciation potential. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners take precedence over the claims of preferred and common stock owners. Certain classes of preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock of the issuer. By holding convertible preferred stock, the fund can receive a steady stream of dividends and still have the option to convert the preferred stock to common stock. Preferred stock is subject to many of the same risks as common stock and debt securities.
Convertible Securities are typically preferred stocks or bonds that are exchangeable for a specific number of another form of security (usually the issuer’s common stock) at a specified price or ratio. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on bonds or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. A company may issue a convertible security that is subject to redemption after a specified date, and usually under certain circumstances. A holder of a convertible security that is called for redemption would be required to tender it for redemption to the issuer, convert it to the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. The convertible structure allows the holder of the convertible bond to participate in share price movements in the company’s common stock. The actual return on a convertible bond may exceed its stated yield if the company’s common stock appreciates in value and the option to convert to common stocks becomes more valuable.
Convertible securities typically pay a lower interest rate than nonconvertible bonds of the same quality and maturity because of the conversion feature. Convertible securities are also rated below investment grade (“high yield”) or are not rated, and are subject to credit risk.
Prior to conversion, convertible securities have characteristics and risks similar to nonconvertible debt and equity securities. In addition, convertible securities are often concentrated in economic sectors, which, like the stock market in general, may experience unpredictable declines in value, as well as periods of poor performance, which may last for several years. There may be a small trading market for a particular convertible security at any given time, which may adversely impact market price and the fund’s ability to liquidate a particular security or respond to an economic event, including deterioration of an issuer’s creditworthiness.
4

 

Table of Contents
Convertible preferred stocks are nonvoting equity securities that pay a fixed dividend. These securities have a conversion feature similar to convertible bonds, but do not have a maturity date. Due to their fixed income features, convertible securities provide higher income potential than the issuer’s common stock, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the underlying common stock. In the event of a company’s liquidation, bondholders have claims on company assets senior to those of shareholders; preferred shareholders have claims senior to those of common shareholders.
Convertible securities typically trade at prices above their conversion value, which is the current market value of the common stock received upon conversion, because of their higher yield potential than the underlying common stock. The difference between the conversion value and the price of a convertible security will vary depending on the value of the underlying common stock and interest rates. When the underlying value of the common stocks declines, the price of the issuer’s convertible securities will tend not to fall as much because the convertible security’s income potential will act as a price support. While the value of a convertible security also tends to rise when the underlying common stock value rises, it will not rise as much because its conversion value is more narrow. The value of convertible securities also is affected by changes in interest rates. For example, when interest rates fall, the value of convertible securities may rise because of their fixed income component.
Rights and Warrants are types of securities that entitle the holder to purchase a proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price for a specific period of time. Rights allow a shareholder to buy more shares directly from the company, usually at a price somewhat lower than the current market price of the outstanding shares. Warrants are usually issued with bonds and preferred stock. Rights and warrants can trade on the market separately from the company’s stock. The prices of rights and warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying common stock. Rights usually expire within a few weeks of issuance, while warrants may not expire for several years. If a right or warrant is not exercised within the specified time period, it will become worthless and the fund will lose the purchase price it paid for the right or warrant and the right to purchase the underlying security.
Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs), such as Standard and Poor’s Depositary Receipts (SPDRs) Trust, are investment companies that typically are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (1940 Act) as open-end funds or unit investment trusts (UITs). ETFs are actively traded on national securities exchanges and are generally based on specific domestic and foreign market indices. Shares of an ETF may be bought and sold throughout the day at market prices, which may be higher or lower than the shares’ net asset value. Market prices of ETF shares will fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and materially, in response to various factors including changes in the ETF’s net asset value, the value of ETF holdings, and supply of and demand for ETF shares. Although the creation/redemption feature of ETFs generally makes it more likely that ETF shares will trade close to their net asset value, market volatility, lack of an active trading market for ETF shares, disruptions at market participants (such as Authorized Participants or market makers) and any disruptions in the ordinary functioning of the creation/redemption process may result in ETF shares trading significantly above (at a “premium”) or below (at a “discount”) their net asset value. An ETF’s investment results are based on the ETF’s daily net asset value. Investors transacting in ETF shares in the secondary market, where market prices may differ from net asset value, may experience investment results that differ from results based on the ETF’s daily net asset value. An “index-based ETF” seeks to track the performance of an index by holding in its portfolio either the contents of the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. Because ETFs are based on an underlying basket of stocks or an index, they are subject to the same market fluctuations as these types of securities in volatile market swings. ETFs, like mutual funds, have expenses associated with their operation, including advisory fees. When the fund invests in an ETF, in addition to directly bearing expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses. As with any exchange listed security, ETF shares purchased in the secondary market are subject to customary brokerage charges.
Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission to iShares® and certain additional ETFs and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees, the fund may invest in the permitted ETFs beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act but not to exceed 25% of the fund’s total assets, provided that the fund has described exchange-traded fund investments in its prospectus and otherwise complies with the conditions of the exemptive order and other applicable investment limitations. Neither the iShares® Funds nor their investment manager make any representations regarding the advisability of investing in the fund.
Initial Public Offering. The fund may purchase shares issued as part of, or a short period after, a company’s initial public offering (IPOs), and may at times dispose of those shares shortly after their acquisition. The fund’s purchase of shares issued in IPOs exposes it to the risks associated with companies that have little operating history as public companies, as well as to the risks inherent in those sectors of the market where these new issuers operate. The market for IPO issuers has been volatile, and share prices of newly-public companies have fluctuated significantly over short periods of time.
Fixed Time Deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties, which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. The fund will not invest in fixed time deposits, which (1) are not subject to prepayment or (2) provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits) if, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in such deposits, repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days and other illiquid assets.
Foreign Currency Transactions. As part of its principal investment strategy, the fund may invest in foreign currency denominated securities, purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options and engage in foreign currency
5

 

Table of Contents
transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time or through forward currency contracts (forwards) with terms generally of less than one year. The fund may engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities.
The fund may use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another (as in cross hedging, see below). The fund will earmark or segregate assets for any open positions in forwards used for non-hedging purposes and mark to market daily as may be required under the federal securities laws.
A forward involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect the fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Many foreign securities markets do not settle trades within a time frame that would be considered customary in the U.S. stock market. Therefore, the fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to secure exchange rates for fund securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions do not seek to eliminate any fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities involved. Instead, the transactions simply establish a rate of exchange that can be expected when the fund settles its securities transactions in the future. Forwards involve certain risks. For example, if the counterparties to the contracts are unable to meet the terms of the contracts or if the value of the foreign currency changes unfavorably, the fund could sustain a loss.
The fund also may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts to protect the value of specific portfolio positions, which is called “position hedging.” When engaging in position hedging, the fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange transactions to protect against a decline in the values of the foreign currencies in which portfolio securities are denominated (or against an increase in the value of currency for securities that the fund expects to purchase).
Buying and selling foreign currency options and exchange contracts involves costs and may result in losses. The ability of the fund to engage in these transactions may be limited by tax considerations. Although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to declines in the value of the hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain that might result from an increase in the value of such currency. Transactions in these contracts involve certain other risks. Unanticipated fluctuations in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for the fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation between the fund’s holdings of securities denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts into which the fund enters. Such imperfect correlation may cause the fund to sustain losses, which will prevent it from achieving a complete hedge or expose it to risk of foreign exchange loss. A fund’s transactions in foreign currency exchange contracts may cause a portion of the fund’s distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes.
Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time. Also, such transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.
Forwards will be used primarily to adjust the foreign exchange exposure of the fund and the fund might be expected to enter into such contracts under the following circumstances:
Lock In. When the Investment Adviser or Subadviser desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.
Cross Hedge. If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, the fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency which is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of the fund’s portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.
Direct Hedge. If the Investment Adviser or Subadviser wants to eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if the Investment Adviser or Subadviser thinks that the fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country’s bonds but does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, the fund would enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated the contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but the fund would benefit from an increase in value of the bond.
Proxy Hedge. The Investment Adviser or Subadviser might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, the fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be closer to those in the U.S. and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.
Costs of Hedging. When the fund purchases a foreign bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the foreign bond could be substantially reduced or lost if the fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the “cost” of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an
6

 

Table of Contents
indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar. It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from the fund’s dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield. Instead such costs will, over time, be reflected in the fund’s net asset value per share.
Tax Consequences of Hedging. Under applicable tax law, the fund may be required to limit its gains from hedging in foreign currency forwards, futures, and options. Although the fund is expected to comply with such limits, the extent to which these limits apply is subject to tax regulations as yet unissued. Hedging may also result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Those provisions could result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by the fund and could affect whether dividends paid by the fund are classified as capital gains or ordinary income.
Foreign Securities. Investments in foreign securities involve additional risks, including foreign currency exchange rate risks, because they are issued by foreign entities, including foreign governments, banks and corporations or because they are traded principally overseas. Foreign securities in which the fund may invest include those issued by foreign entities that are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. corporations. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about foreign entities. Foreign economic, political and legal developments, a compromise in public health and safety, as well as fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates and withholding taxes, could have more dramatic effects on the value of foreign securities. For example, conditions within and around foreign countries, such as the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, diplomatic developments, the imposition of trade sanctions, change of government or war could affect the value of foreign investments. Additionally, a country could experience a public health threat such as an infectious illness which could reduce consumer demand or economic output and/or result in market closures, travel restrictions or quarantines, all of which could affect the value of that country’s securities and impact global markets. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.
Foreign securities typically have less volume and are generally less liquid and more volatile than securities of U.S. companies. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although the fund will endeavor to achieve the most favorable overall results on portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. There may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign issuers as well. Bankruptcy laws in some foreign countries are sometimes biased to the borrowers and against the creditors. These factors and others may increase the risks with respect to the liquidity of the fund, and its ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.
In addition, the fund’s investments in foreign securities may be subject to economic sanctions or other government restrictions. These restrictions may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the fund’s investments, and could impair the fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. For example, the fund may be prohibited from investing in securities issued by companies subject to such restrictions. In addition, these restrictions may require the fund to freeze its existing investments in certain foreign securities, which would prohibit the fund from buying, selling, receiving or delivering those securities or other financial instruments. As a result, such restrictions may limit the fund’s ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.
International trade tensions may arise from time to time which could result in trade tariffs, embargos or other restrictions or limitations on trade. The imposition of any actions on trade could trigger a significant reduction in international trade, an oversupply of certain manufactured goods, substantial price reductions of goods and possible failure of individual companies or industries which could have a negative impact on the fund’s performance. Events such as these are difficult to predict and may or may not occur in the future.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures and, in certain markets, there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of the fund is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Losses to the fund arising out of the inability to fulfill a contract to sell such securities also could result in potential liability for the fund.
Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may be made and held in foreign currencies. In addition, the fund may hold cash investments in foreign currencies. These investments may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, and may cause the fund to incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange market as well as by political and economic factors. Changes in the foreign currency exchange rates also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities, and net investment income and gains, if any, to be distributed to shareholders by the fund.
During the 2008-2009 global financial crisis, financial markets in Europe experienced significant volatility due, in part, to concerns about rising levels of government debt and the prevalence of increased budget deficits. As a result, many economies in the region suffered through prolonged economic downturns. Due to the economic integration of the region, another economic downturn in one European country may have a negative impact on the economies of other European countries.
7

 

Table of Contents
In a 2016 referendum, citizens of the United Kingdom (the UK) voted to withdraw from the European Union (the EU), which caused significant volatility in global financial markets. On January 31, 2020, the UK officially withdrew from the EU (commonly referred to as “Brexit”). A transition phase has commenced and, as of the date of this SAI, is scheduled to conclude on December 31, 2020. During the transition phase, the UK effectively remains in the EU from an economic perspective but no longer has any political representation in the EU parliament. There is significant uncertainty regarding the final consequences of Brexit. During this period of uncertainty, the UK and European economies and the broader global economy may experience increased volatility and illiquidity, and companies that conduct a significant amount of business in the UK or Europe may experience lower revenue and/or profit growth, all of which may adversely affect the value of the fund’s investments. Brexit also may cause additional member states to contemplate departing the EU, which would likely perpetuate political and economic instability in the region and cause additional market disruption in global financial markets.
As the fund may hold investments in issuers that are located in Europe or that depend on revenues generated from operations in Europe, any material negative developments in Europe could have a negative impact on the value and liquidity of these investments, which could harm the fund’s performance.
Investing in China involves certain additional risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in other more established economies or securities markets. China based companies that incorporate in the People’s Republic of China (PRC) can issue different classes of shares depending on where they are listed and which investors are allowed to own them. These are referred to as Class A Shares, Class B shares, and Class H shares, which are all renminbi-denominated shares that trade in different currencies depending on what stock exchange they are listed on. Class H Shares trade on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, are quoted and traded in Hong Kong dollars, and have no restrictions on who can trade them. Class B Shares trade on either the Shanghai or Shenzhen stock exchanges and can only be traded by non-residents of the PRC or residents with appropriate foreign currency dealing accounts. They trade in U.S. dollars on the Shanghai exchange and in Hong Kong dollars on the Shenzhen exchange. Class A Shares trade on either the Shanghai or Shenzhen exchanges and are quoted in renminbi. Class A Shares may only be traded by residents of the PRC, or under the Qualified Foreign Institutional Investor (QFII) rules, or through the Stock Connect programs (Shanghai-Hong Kong or Shenzhen-Hong Kong). Finally, China based companies that are controlled by PRC residents or PRC state entities and have a majority of their revenue or assets in the PRC may incorporate outside the PRC and trade on an exchange outside the PRC in the currency of the exchange. These are referred to as “Red Chip” (Hong Kong), “P Chip” (Hong Kong), “S Chip” (Singapore), or “N Shares” (United States). The multiplicity of share classes and various restrictions on ownership, in addition to the ability of Chinese regulatory authorities and Chinese issuers to suspend trading and their willingness to exercise this option in response to market volatility and other events, can significantly impact liquidity and volatility of the Chinese market and the markets for Chinese securities. In addition, to the extent that a fund invests in China A Shares, there may be legal restrictions imposed by the PRC on the repatriation of assets or proceeds from the sale of China A Shares. Further, there are quotas on the amount China A Shares available either to QFIIs or through the Stock Connect programs. These quotas are applicable to the entire market, not to a specific fund, but they impact the ability of a fund to implement its investment strategy.
Forward Contracts are sales contracts between a buyer (holding the “long” position), and the seller (holding the “short” position) for an asset with delivery deferred to a future date. The fund may engage in forward contracts as part of its principal investment strategy. The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the agreed future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset. The seller hopes that the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon price, while the buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a forward-based derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the underlying asset.
Futures Contracts are instruments that represent an agreement between two parties that obligates one party to buy, and the other party to sell, specific instruments at an agreed-upon price on a stipulated future date. In the case of futures contracts relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the close of the transaction, the parties usually agree to deliver the final cash settlement price of the contract. As part of its principal investment strategy, the fund may purchase and sell futures contracts based on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies, interest rates, or any other futures contracts traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that the Commodities Future Trading Commission (CFTC) licenses and regulates on foreign exchanges. Although positions are usually marked to market on a daily basis with an intermediary (executing broker) there remains a credit risk with the futures exchange.
The fund must maintain a small portion of its assets in cash to process shareholder transactions in and out of the fund and to pay its expenses. In order to reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, the fund may purchase futures contracts. Such transactions allow the fund’s cash balance to produce a return similar to that of the underlying security or index on which the futures contract is based. Also, the fund may purchase or sell futures contracts on a specified foreign currency to “fix” the price in U.S. dollars of the foreign security it has acquired or sold or expects to acquire or sell. The fund may enter into futures contracts for other reasons as well.
When buying or selling futures contracts, the fund must place a deposit with its broker equal to a fraction of the contract amount. This amount is known as “initial margin” and must be in the form of liquid assets, including cash, cash-equivalents and U.S. government securities. Subsequent payments to and from the broker, known as “variation margin” may be made daily, if necessary, as the value of the futures contracts fluctuates. This process is known as “marking-to-market.” The initial margin amount will be returned to the fund upon termination of the futures contracts assuming all contractual obligations are satisfied. Because margin requirements are normally only a fraction of the amount of the futures contracts in a given transaction, futures trading can involve a great deal of leverage. To avoid the creation of a senior security, the fund will earmark or segregate liquid assets for any outstanding futures contracts as may be required under the federal securities laws.
8

 

Table of Contents
While the fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts in order to simulate full investment, there are risks associated with these transactions. Adverse market movements could cause the fund to experience substantial losses when buying and selling futures contracts. Of course, barring significant market distortions, similar results would have been expected if the fund had instead transacted in the underlying securities directly. There also is the risk of losing any margin payments held by a broker in the event of its bankruptcy. Additionally, the fund incurs transaction costs (e.g., brokerage fees) when engaging in futures trading. To the extent the fund also invests in futures in order to simulate full investment, these same risks apply.
When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, the fund may seek, through the sale of futures contracts, to offset a decline in the value of its current portfolio securities. When interest rates are falling or prices are rising, the fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, may attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when it effects anticipated purchases. Similarly, the fund may sell futures contracts on a specified currency to protect against a decline in the value of that currency and its portfolio securities that are denominated in that currency. The fund may purchase futures contracts on a foreign currency to fix the price in U.S. dollars of a security denominated in that currency that the fund has acquired or expects to acquire.
Futures contracts may require actual delivery or acquisition of an underlying security or cash value of an index on the expiration date of the contract. In most cases, however, the contractual obligation is fulfilled before the date of the contract by buying or selling, as the case may be, identical futures contracts. Such offsetting transactions terminate the original contracts and cancel the obligation to take or make delivery of the underlying securities or cash. There may not always be a liquid secondary market at the time the fund seeks to close out a futures position. If the fund is unable to close out its position and prices move adversely, the fund would have to continue to make daily cash payments to maintain its margin requirements. If the fund had insufficient cash to meet these requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a disadvantageous time or incur extra costs by borrowing the cash. Also, the fund may be required to make or take delivery and incur extra transaction costs buying or selling the underlying securities. The fund seeks to reduce the risks associated with futures transactions by buying and selling futures contracts that are traded on national exchanges or for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market.
With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to “cash settle,” the fund may cover the open position by setting aside or earmarking liquid assets in an amount equal to the notional value (i.e., the purchase or delivery obligation) of the futures contracts. With respect to futures contracts that are required to “cash settle,” however, the fund is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the fund’s daily marked-to-market (net) obligation, if any, (in other words, the fund’s daily net liability, if any) rather than the notional value of the futures contracts. By setting aside assets or earmarking equal to only its net obligation under cash-settled futures, the fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the fund were required to set aside or earmark assets equal to the full notional value of the futures contract.
Hybrid Instruments​ are a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a benchmark). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.
Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes the fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the fund. The fund will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in hybrid instruments.
Certain hybrid instruments may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options, or similar instruments. Commodity-linked hybrid instruments may be either equity or debt securities, and are considered hybrid instruments because they have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable. The fund will only invest in commodity-linked hybrid instruments that qualify under applicable rules of the CFTC for an exemption from the provisions of the CEA.
Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, the fund’s investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.
9

 

Table of Contents
Illiquid Securities or Investments means any investment that the fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. The liquidity of the fund’s investments is monitored under the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees and is governed by the 1940 Act and rules promulgated thereunder, which provide that a fund may not acquire any illiquid investments if, immediately after the acquisition, the fund would have invested more than 15% of the fund’s net assets in illiquid investments. Investments currently not considered liquid include, among others, repurchase agreements not maturing within seven days that are not subject to a demand feature of seven days or less and certain restricted securities. Any investment may become illiquid at times of market dislocation.
Market Disruptions Risk. The fund is subject to investment and operational risks associated with financial, economic and other global market developments and disruptions, including those arising from war, terrorism, market manipulation, government interventions, defaults and shutdowns, political changes or diplomatic developments, public health emergencies (such as the spread of infectious diseases, epidemics and pandemics) and natural/environmental disasters, which can all negatively impact the securities markets and cause the fund to lose value. These events can also impair the technology and other operational systems upon which the fund’s service providers, including CSIM as the fund’s investment adviser, rely, and could otherwise disrupt the fund’s service providers’ ability to fulfill their obligations to the fund.
The recent spread of an infectious respiratory illness caused by a novel strain of coronavirus (known as COVID-19) has caused volatility, severe market dislocations and liquidity constraints in many markets, and may adversely affect the fund’s investments and operations. The outbreak was first detected in December 2019 and subsequently spread globally. The transmission of COVID-19 and efforts to contain its spread have resulted in travel restrictions and disruptions, closed international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, event and service cancellations or interruptions, disruptions to business operations (including staff reductions), supply chains and consumer activity, as well as general concern and uncertainty that has negatively affected the global economic environment. These disruptions have led to instability in the market place, including losses and overall volatility. The impact of COVID-19, and other infectious illness outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial performance of individual issuers, borrowers and sectors and the health of the markets generally in potentially significant and unforeseen ways.
The foregoing could lead to a significant economic downturn or recession, increased market volatility, a greater number of market closures, low or negative interest rates, higher default rates and adverse effects on the values and liquidity of securities or other assets. Such impacts, which may vary across asset classes, may adversely affect the performance of the fund. In certain cases, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on specific securities or even the entire market, which may result in the fund being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or to accurately price its investments.
To satisfy any shareholder redemption requests during periods of extreme volatility, it is more likely the fund may be required to dispose of portfolio investments at inopportune times or prices.
Master Limited Partnerships (MLPs). MLPs are limited partnerships in which the common units are publicly traded. MLP common units are freely traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market and are generally registered with the SEC. MLPs often own several properties or businesses (or own interests) that are related to real estate development and oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role, if any, in the partnership’s operations and management.
MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (minimum quarterly distributions). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the minimum quarterly distribution is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the minimum quarterly distribution; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions are intended to encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results are intended to benefit all security holders of the MLP, however, such incentive distribution payments give rise to potential conflicts of interest between the common unit holders and the general partner.
MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges or over-the-counter, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. The fund may purchase common units in market transactions as well as directly from the MLP or other parties in private placements. Unlike owners of
10

 

Table of Contents
common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability to annually elect directors. MLPs generally distribute all available cash flow (cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures) in the form of quarterly distributions. Common units along with general partner units have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution and have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.
MLP subordinated units are typically issued by MLPs to their original sponsors, such as their founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to the MLP, and investors. Subordinated units may be purchased directly from these persons as well as newly-issued subordinated units from MLPs themselves. Subordinated units have similar voting rights as common units and are generally not publicly traded. Once the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units, including any arrearages, has been paid, subordinated units receive cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution prior to any incentive payments to the MLP’s general partner. Unlike common units, subordinated units do not have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units and general partner interests have priority over subordinated units. Subordinated units are typically converted into common units on a one-to-one basis after certain time periods and/or performance targets have been satisfied. The purchase or sale price of subordinated units is generally tied to the common unit price less a discount. The size of the discount varies depending on the likelihood of conversion, the length of time remaining to conversion, the size of the block purchased relative to trading volumes, and other factors, including smaller capitalization partnerships or companies potentially having limited product lines, markets or financial resources, lacking management depth or experience, and being more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic development than larger more established companies.
General partner interests of MLPs are typically retained by an MLP’s original sponsors, such as its founders, corporate partners, entities that sell assets to the MLP and investors. A holder of general partner interests can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the holder’s investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests often confer direct board participation rights and in many cases, operating control, over the MLP. These interests themselves are not publicly traded, although they may be owned by publicly traded entities. General partner interests receive cash distributions, typically 2% of the MLP’s aggregate cash distributions, which are contractually defined in the partnership agreement. In addition, holders of general partner interests typically hold incentive distribution rights, which provide them with a larger share of the aggregate MLP cash distributions as the distributions to limited partner unit holders are increased to prescribed levels. General partner interests generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.
Additional risks involved with investing in an MLP are risks associated with the specific industry or industries in which the partnership invests, such as the risks of investing in real estate, or oil and gas industries.
Certain MLPs are dependent on their parent companies or sponsors for a majority of their revenues. Any failure by an MLP’s parents or sponsors to satisfy their payments or obligations would impact the MLP’s revenues and cash flows and ability to make distributions.
Business Development Companies (BDCs) are closed-end investment companies that have elected to be BDCs under the 1940 Act and are taxed as regulated investment companies (RICs) under the Internal Revenue Code. BDCs operate as venture capital companies and typically invest in, lend capital to, and provide significant managerial assistance to developing private companies or thinly-traded public companies. Under the 1940 Act, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of privately-held U.S. companies or thinly-traded U.S. public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. In addition, a BDC may only incur indebtedness in amounts such that the BDC’s coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities equals at least 200% after such incurrence.
BDCs generally invest in debt securities that are not rated by a credit rating agency and are considered below investment grade quality (junk bonds). Little public information generally exists for the type of companies in which a BDC may invest and, therefore, there is a risk that investors may not be able to make a fully informed evaluation of the BDC and its portfolio of investments. In addition, investments made by BDCs are typically illiquid and are difficult to value for purposes of determining a BDC’s net asset value (for more information on BDCs, see the section titled “Securities of Other Investment Companies”).
Money Market Securities are high-quality, short term debt securities that may be issued by entities such as the U.S. government, corporations and financial institutions (like banks). Money market securities include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances, notes and time deposits. Certificates of deposit and time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. Banker’s acceptances are credit instruments evidencing a bank’s obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. Commercial paper consists of short term, unsecured promissory notes issued to finance short term credit needs.
Money market securities pay fixed-, variable- or floating-rates of interest and are generally subject to credit and interest rate risks. The maturity date or price of and financial assets collateralizing a security may be structured in order to make it qualify as or act like a money market security. These securities may be subject to greater credit and interest rate risks than other money market securities because of their structure. Money market securities may be issued with puts or sold separately; these puts, which are sometimes called demand features or guarantees, are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or “put provider.” When the fund buys a put,
11

 

Table of Contents
losses could occur as a result of the costs of the put or if it exercises its rights under the put and the put provider does not perform as agreed. Standby commitments are types of puts.
The fund may keep a portion of its assets in cash for business operations. In order to reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, the fund may invest in money market securities. The fund may also invest in money market securities to the extent it is consistent with its investment objective.
Non-Publicly Traded Securities and Private Placements. The fund may invest in securities that are neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed securities. Such unlisted securities may involve a higher degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. As a result of the absence of a public trading market for these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Although these securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be less than those originally paid by the fund or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities. Furthermore, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements which might be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being sold, the fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration.
Non-Traditional Equity Securities. The fund may invest in convertible preferred stocks that offer enhanced yield features, such as Preferred Equity Redemption Cumulative Stock (PERCS), which provide an investor, such as the fund, with the opportunity to earn higher dividend income than is available on a company’s common stock. A PERCS is a preferred stock which generally features a mandatory conversion date, as well as a capital appreciation limit which is usually expressed in terms of a stated price. Upon the conversion date, most PERCS convert into common stock of the issuer (PERCS are generally not convertible into cash at maturity). Under a typical arrangement, if after a predetermined number of years the issuer’s common stock is trading at a price below that set by the capital appreciation limit, each PERCS would convert to one share of common stock. If, however, the issuer’s common stock is trading at a price above that set by the capital appreciation limit, the holder of the PERCS would receive less than one full share of common stock. The amount of that fractional share of common stock received by the PERCS holder is determined by dividing the price set by the capital appreciation limit of the PERCS by the market price of the issuer’s common stock. PERCS can be called at any time prior to maturity, and hence do not provide call protection. However, if called early, the issuer may pay a call premium over the market price to the investor. This call premium declines at a preset rate daily, up to the maturity date of the PERCS.
The fund may also invest in other enhanced convertible securities. These include but are not limited to ACES (Automatically Convertible Equity Securities), PEPS (Participating Equity Preferred Stock), PRIDES (Preferred Redeemable Increased Dividend Equity Securities), SAILS (Stock Appreciation Income Linked Securities), TECONS (Term Convertible Notes), QICS (Quarterly Income Cumulative Securities), and DECS (Dividend Enhanced Convertible Securities). ACES, PEPS, PRIDES, SAILS, TECONS, QICS, and DECS all have the following features: they are company-issued convertible preferred stock; unlike PERCS, they do not have capital appreciation limits; they seek to provide the investor with high current income, with some prospect of future capital appreciation; they are typically issued with three- to four-year maturities; they typically have some built-in call protection for the first two to three years; investors have the right to convert them into shares of common stock at a preset conversion ratio or hold them until maturity; and upon maturity, they will automatically convert to either cash or a specified number of shares of common stock.
Options Contracts generally provide the right to buy or sell a security, commodity, futures contract or foreign currency in exchange for an agreed upon price. If the right is not exercised after a specified period, the option expires and the option buyer forfeits the money paid to the option seller. The fund may use options contracts as part of its principal investment strategy.
A call option gives the buyer the right to buy a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. For this right, the call option buyer pays the call option seller, commonly called the call option writer, a fee called a premium. Call option buyers are usually anticipating that the price of the underlying security will rise above the price fixed with the call writer, thereby allowing them to profit. If the price of the underlying security does not rise, the call option buyer’s losses are limited to the premium paid to the call option writer. For call option writers, a rise in the price of the underlying security will be offset in part by the premium received from the call option buyer. If the call option writer does not own the underlying security, however, the losses that may ensue if the price rises could be potentially unlimited. If the call option writer owns the underlying security or commodity, this is called writing a covered call. All call and put options written by the fund will be covered, which means that the fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding or the fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding option contracts.
A put option is the opposite of a call option. It gives the buyer the right to sell a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. Put option buyers are usually anticipating a decline in the price of the underlying security, and wish to offset those losses when selling the security at a later date. All put options the fund writes will be covered, which means that the fund will earmark or segregate cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for the fund. However, in return for the option premium, the fund accepts the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.
The fund may purchase and write put and call options on any securities in which it may invest or any securities index or basket of securities based on securities in which it may invest. In addition, the fund may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures
12

 

Table of Contents
contracts and related options. The fund may purchase and write such options on securities that are listed on domestic or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. Like futures contracts, option contracts are rarely exercised. Option buyers usually sell the option before it expires. Option writers may terminate their obligations under a written call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.” The fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it has purchased or wrote.
An exchange-traded currency option position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although the fund generally will purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. If the fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to options it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets earmarked or held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if the fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.
Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (1) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (2) an exchange may impose restrictions on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (4) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (5) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (6) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, the fund will treat purchased over-the-counter options and all assets used to cover written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities, except that with respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to a formula the staff of the SEC approves.
Additional risks are involved with options trading because of the low margin deposits required and the extremely high degree of leverage that may be involved in options trading. There may be imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the securities held by the fund and the prices of the options, possible lack of a liquid secondary market, and the resulting inability to close such positions prior to their maturity dates.
The fund may write or purchase an option only when the market value of that option, when aggregated with the market value of all other options transactions made on behalf of the fund, does not exceed 5% of its net assets.
An option contract may be implicitly entered into by purchasing certain securities with built in options. An example of such would be a reverse floating rate note where the buyer is also selling one or more caps on short dated interest rates.
Promissory Notes are written agreements committing the maker or issuer to pay the payee a specified amount either on demand or at a fixed date in the future, with or without interest. These are sometimes called negotiable notes or instruments and are subject to credit risk. Bank notes are notes used to represent obligations issued by banks in large denominations.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) are pooled investment vehicles, which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests and, in some cases, manage real estate. REITs are sometimes referred to as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. An equity REIT invests primarily in properties and generates income from rental and lease properties and, in some cases, from the management of real estate. Equity REITs also offer the potential for growth as a result of property appreciation and from the sale of appreciated property. Mortgage REITs invest primarily in real estate mortgages, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and derive income for the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs may combine the features of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. REITs are generally organized as corporations or business trusts, but are not taxed as a corporation if they meet certain requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including other REITs), cash and government securities, distribute at least 90% of its taxable income to its shareholders and receive at least 75% of that income from rents, mortgages and sales of property.
Like any investment in real estate, a REIT’s performance depends on many factors, such as its ability to find tenants for its properties, to renew leases, and to finance property purchases and renovations. In general, REITs may be affected by changes in underlying real estate values, which may have an exaggerated effect to the extent a REIT concentrates its investment in certain regions or property types. For example, rental income could decline because of extended vacancies, increased competition from nearby properties, tenants’ failure to pay rent, or incompetent management. Property values could decrease because of overbuilding, environmental liabilities, uninsured damages caused by natural disasters, a general decline in the neighborhood, losses due to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes, or changes in zoning laws. Ultimately, a REIT’s performance depends on the types of properties it owns and how well the REIT manages its properties. Additionally, declines in the market value of a REIT may reflect not only depressed real estate prices, but may also reflect the degree of leverage utilized by the REIT.
13

 

Table of Contents
In general, during periods of rising interest rates, REITs may lose some of their appeal for investors who may be able to obtain higher yields from other income-producing investments, such as long-term bonds. Higher interest rates also mean that financing for property purchases and improvements is more costly and difficult to obtain. During periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that mortgagors elect to prepay, which can reduce the yield on securities issued by mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the ability of borrowers to repay debts to the REIT when due and equity REITs may be affected by the ability of tenants to pay rent.
Like small-cap stocks in general, certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations and their securities can be more volatile than – and at times will perform differently from – large-cap stocks. In addition, because small-cap stocks are typically less liquid than large-cap stocks, REIT stocks may sometimes experience greater share-price fluctuations than the stocks of larger companies. Further, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification, and are therefore subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through the fund, a shareholder will bear indirectly a proportionate share of the REIT’s expenses in addition to their proportionate share of the fund’s expenses. Finally, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Internal Revenue Code or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act and CFTC regulations.
Repurchase Agreements are instruments under which a buyer acquires ownership of certain securities (usually U.S. government securities) from a seller who agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the buyer’s holding period. Any repurchase agreements the fund enters into will involve the fund as the buyer and banks or broker-dealers as sellers. The period of repurchase agreements is usually short, from overnight to one week, although the securities collateralizing a repurchase agreement may have longer maturity dates. Default by the seller might cause the fund to experience a loss or delay in the liquidation of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement. The fund also may incur disposition costs in liquidating the collateral. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a repurchase agreement’s seller, the fund might incur expenses in enforcing its rights, and could experience losses, including a decline in the value of the underlying securities and loss of income. Certain repurchase agreements the fund may enter into may or may not be subject to an automatic stay in bankruptcy proceedings. The fund will make payment under a repurchase agreement only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer of the collateral to the account of its custodian bank.
Restricted Securities are securities that are subject to legal restrictions on their sale. Difficulty in selling restricted securities may result in a loss or be costly to the fund. Restricted securities generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act), or in a registered public offering. Where registration is required, the holder of a registered security may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expense and a considerable period may elapse between the time it decides to seek registration and the time it may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the holder might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to seek registration of the security. Certain restricted securities, such as Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper and Rule 144A securities under the 1933 Act, may be considered to be liquid if they meet the criteria for liquidity established by the Board. To the extent the fund invests in restricted securities that are deemed liquid, the general level of illiquidity in the fund’s portfolio may be increased if such securities become illiquid.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls may be used by the fund. The fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage transactions as discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. The fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. If the fund uses the cash it obtains to invest in other securities, this may be considered a form of leverage and may expose the fund to a greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the fund’s portfolio’s securities. Because the fund receives cash upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a borrowing. When required by guidelines of the SEC, the fund will set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligations to repurchase the security.
The fund also may enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which the fund would sell MBS for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. While the fund would forego principal and interest paid on the MBS during the roll period, the fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. The fund also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time the fund would enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to buy MBS. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be considered a borrowing by the fund.
The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into by the fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which the fund will maintain an offsetting position in short duration investment-grade debt obligations. Since the fund will receive interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and short duration, the investment adviser believes that such arbitrage transactions present lower risks to the fund than those associated with other types of leverage. There can be no assurance that the fund’s use of the cash it receives from a mortgage dollar roll will provide a positive return.
Securities Lending of portfolio securities is a common practice in the securities industry. The fund may engage in security lending arrangements. When a fund is lending its portfolio securities, the fund may receive cash collateral, and it may invest it in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, including cash collateral funds, but will do so only to the extent that it will not lose the tax treatment available to regulated
14

 

Table of Contents
investment companies (RIC). Lending portfolio securities involves risks that the borrower may fail to return the securities or provide additional collateral. Also, voting rights with respect to the loaned securities may pass with the lending of the securities and efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful especially for foreign securities. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in, or delay in recovery of, the loaned securities, if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral.
The fund may loan portfolio securities to qualified broker-dealers or other institutional investors provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. government securities, letters of credit, cash or cash equivalents or other permitted instruments maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned; (2) the fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned; (3) the fund will receive payments in lieu of any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed one-third of the total assets of the fund, including collateral received from the loan (at market value computed at the time of the loan).
Although voting rights with respect to loaned securities pass to the borrower, the lender retains the right to recall a security (or terminate a loan) for the purpose of exercising the security’s voting rights. Efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for foreign securities or thinly traded securities such as small-cap stocks. In addition, because recalling a security may involve expenses to the fund, it is expected that the fund will do so only where the items being voted upon are, in the judgment of the investment adviser, either material to the economic value of the security or threaten to materially impact the issuer’s corporate governance policies or structure.
To the extent the fund participates in securities lending under the current securities lending agreements with unaffiliated lending agents, costs and expenses, including agent fees, associated with securities lending activities under the securities lending program paid to the unaffiliated lending agents start at 10% of gross lending revenue, with subsequent breakpoints to a low of 7.5%. In this context, the gross lending revenue equals the income received from the investment of cash collateral and fees paid by borrowers less any rebates paid to borrowers. Any expenses charged by the cash collateral fund are in addition to these fees. All remaining revenue is retained by the fund, as applicable. No portion of the lending revenue is paid to or retained by CSIM or any affiliate of CSIM.
Securities of Other Investment Companies may be purchased and sold by the fund and include those issued by foreign investment companies. Investment companies generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders’ money and investing it in securities such as stocks, bonds and money market instruments. Investment companies include: (1) open-end funds (commonly called mutual funds) that issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis; (2) BDCs that generally invest in, and provide services to, privately-held companies or thinly-traded public companies (see the sub-section entitled “Business Development Companies” for more information); (3) closed-end funds that offer a fixed number of shares, and are usually listed on an exchange; (4) UITs that generally offer a fixed number of redeemable shares; and (5) money market funds that typically seek current income by investing in money market securities (see the sections titled “Money Market Funds” and “Money Market Securities” for more information). Certain open-end funds, closed-end funds and UITs are traded on exchanges. (See the section entitled “Exchange Traded Funds” for more information.) Investment Companies also make various investments and use certain techniques in order to enhance their performance. These may include entering into delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions or swap agreements, buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid and restricted securities and repurchase agreements and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in a particular investment company generally reflect the risks of the securities in which it invests and the investment techniques it employs. Also, investment companies charge fees and incur operating expenses.
To the extent the fund invests, or has invested, in shares of other investment companies, including BDCs, during its prior fiscal year, the fund, pursuant to SEC rules, must disclose any material fees and expenses indirectly incurred by the fund as a result of such investments. These indirect fees and expenses, to the extent incurred, will appear in the fee table of the fund’s prospectus as a separate line item captioned “Acquired fund fees and expenses.”
Federal law restricts the ability of one registered investment company to invest in another. As a result, the extent to which a fund may invest in another investment company may be limited.
Funds in which the fund also may invest include unregistered or privately-placed funds, such as hedge funds and offshore funds. Hedge funds and offshore funds are not registered with the SEC, and therefore are largely exempt from the regulatory requirements that apply to registered investment companies (mutual funds). As a result, these types of funds have greater ability to make investments or use investment techniques, such as leveraging, that can increase investment return but also may substantially increase the risk of losses. Investments in these funds also may be more difficult to sell, which could cause losses to the fund. For example, hedge funds typically require investors to keep their investment in a hedge fund for some period of time, such as 1 year or more. This means investors would not be able to sell their shares of a hedge fund until such time had passed, and the investment may be deemed to be illiquid. In addition, because hedge funds may not value their portfolio holdings on a frequent basis, investments in those hedge funds may be difficult to price.
The fund is prohibited from acquiring any securities of registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) or Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act.
Short Sales may be used by the fund as part of its overall portfolio management strategies or to offset (hedge) a potential decline in the value of a security. The fund may engage in short sales that are either “against the box” or “uncovered.” A short sale is “against the box” if at all times
15

 

Table of Contents
during which the short position is open, the fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or has the right to acquire, at no added cost, the securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to the fund with respect to the securities that are sold short. “Uncovered” short sales are transactions under which the fund sells a security it does not own. To complete such transaction, the fund may borrow the security through a broker to make delivery to the buyer and, in doing so, the fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of the replacement. The fund also may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities, which would increase the cost of the security. In addition, the fund is often obligated to pay any accrued interest and dividends on the securities until they are replaced. The proceeds of the short sale position will be retained by the broker until the fund replaces the borrowed securities.
The fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security and, conversely, the fund will realize a gain if the price declines. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. A short sale creates the risk of an unlimited loss, as the price of the underlying securities could theoretically increase without limit, thus increasing the cost of buying those securities to cover the short position. If the fund sells securities short “against the box,” it may protect unrealized gains, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises. The successful use of short selling as a hedging strategy may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.
The fund’s obligation to replace the securities borrowed in connection with a short sale will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker that consists of cash or other liquid securities. In addition, the fund will earmark cash or liquid assets or place in a segregated account an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to the difference, if any, between (1) the market value of the securities sold short, marked-to-market daily, and (2) any cash or other liquid securities deposited as collateral with the broker in connection with the short sale.
Spread Transactions may be used for hedging or managing risk. The fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers. Such covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives the fund the right to put, or sell, a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relation to another security that the fund does not own, but which is used as a benchmark. The risk to the fund in purchasing covered spread options is the cost of the premium paid for the spread option and any transaction costs. In addition, there is no assurance that closing transactions will be available. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect the fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, i.e., the yield spread between high quality and lower quality securities. Such protection is only provided during the life of the spread option.
Swap Agreements are privately negotiated over-the-counter derivative products in which two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities (referred to as the “underlying”) and a predetermined amount (referred to as the “notional amount”). The underlying for a swap may be an interest rate (fixed or floating), a currency exchange rate, a commodity price index, a credit derivative contract (single name or multiname or index), a security, group of securities or a securities index, a combination of any of these, or various other rates, assets or indices. Swap agreements generally do not involve the delivery of the underlying or principal, and a party’s obligations generally are equal to only the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the swap agreement. In addition, the fund may invest in swaptions, which are privately-negotiated option-based derivative products. Swaptions give the holder the right to enter into a swap. The fund may use a swaption in addition to or in lieu of a swap involving a similar rate or index.
As a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and related regulatory developments, certain standardized swaps are now subject to mandatory central clearing and trade execution requirements. Unlike uncleared swaps, which are negotiated bilaterally and traded over-the-counter, cleared swaps must trade through a futures commission merchant and be cleared through a clearinghouse that serves as the central counterparty to the transaction. The fund posts initial and variation margin for cleared swaps by making payments to their clearing member futures commission merchants. Mandatory clearing and trade execution requirements will occur on a phased-in basis based on a number of factors. Currently, the CFTC has designated the most basic types of swaps (e.g., credit default index swaps and interest rate swaps) as subject to mandatory central clearing, and certain public trading facilities have made those types of swaps available for trading. It is expected that additional types of swaps will become subject to central clearing and exchange-trading requirements in the future. While the new clearing and trade execution requirements are intended to reduce counterparty and credit risk, they do not eliminate these types of risks from a transaction. Any type of swap agreement poses a risk for the fund and may cause it to lose money.
Regulators are in the process of developing rules that would require trading and execution of most liquid swaps on trading facilities. Moving trading to an exchange-type system may increase market transparency and liquidity but may require the fund to incur increased expenses to access the same types of swaps.
Swap agreements can be structured to increase or decrease the fund’s exposure to long or short term interest rates, corporate borrowing rates and other conditions, such as changing security prices and inflation rates. They also can be structured to increase or decrease the fund’s exposure to specific issuers or specific sectors of the bond market such as mortgage securities. For example, if the fund agreed to pay a longer-term fixed rate in exchange for a shorter-term floating rate while holding longer-term fixed rate bonds, the swap would tend to decrease the fund’s exposure to longer-term interest rates. Swap agreements tend to increase or decrease the overall volatility of the fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Changes in interest rates, or other factors determining the amount of payments due to and from the fund, can be the most significant factors in the performance of a swap agreement. If a swap agreement calls for payments from the fund, the fund must be
16

 

Table of Contents
prepared to make such payments when they are due. In order to help minimize risks, the fund will earmark or segregate appropriate assets for any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed under the terms of a swap agreement entered into on a net basis. All other swap agreements will require the fund to earmark or segregate assets in the amount of the accrued amounts owed under the swap. The fund could sustain losses if a counterparty does not perform as agreed under the terms of the swap. The fund will enter into swap agreements with counterparties deemed creditworthy by the Investment Adviser.
For purposes of applying the fund’s investment policies and restrictions (as stated in the prospectus and this SAI) swap agreements are generally valued by the fund at market value. In the case of a credit default swap sold by the fund (i.e., where the fund is selling credit default protection), however, the fund will generally value the swap at its notional amount. The manner in which certain securities or other instruments are valued by the fund for purposes of applying investment policies and restrictions may differ from the manner in which those investments are valued by other types of investors.
Temporary Defensive Strategies. During unusual economic or market conditions or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations that would not ordinarily be consistent with the fund’s objectives. The fund will do so only if the Investment Adviser or Subadviser believes that the risk of loss outweighs the opportunity for capital gains or higher income. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
U.S. Government Securities are issued by the U.S. Treasury or issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Not all U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Some U.S. government securities, such as those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac), the Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are supported by a line of credit the issuing entity has with the U.S. Treasury. Securities issued by other issuers are supported solely by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law. U.S. government securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, are among the safest securities; however, not unlike other debt securities, they are still sensitive to interest rate changes, which will cause their yields and prices to fluctuate.
In September 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, into conservatorship. As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and of any stockholder, officer or director of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with respect to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the assets of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. In connection with the conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury entered into a Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (SPA) with each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury agreed to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of senior preferred stock with an aggregate initial liquidation preference of $1 billion and obtained warrants and options for the purchase of common stock of each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Under the SPAs as currently amended, the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide financial support to a government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) in any quarter in which the GSE has a net worth deficit as defined in the respective SPA. Under the current arrangement, the GSEs have a maximum amount of funding available to them which will be reduced by any future draws. There is a risk that if a GSE experiences a loss in any fiscal quarter that results in the GSE having a negative net worth that is greater than the amount available under the U.S. Treasury’s funding commitment that the FHFA could place the GSE in receivership. In addition, each GSE may only retain a certain amount of its profits at the end of each fiscal quarter and the U.S. Treasury’s liquidation preference will increase in an amount equal to any increase in a GSE’s net worth up to a certain amount. The SPAs contain various covenants that severely limit each enterprise’s operations.
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remain liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its mortgage-backed securities. The SPAs are intended to enhance each of Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s ability to meet its obligations. The FHFA has indicated that the conservatorship of each enterprise will end when the director of the FHFA determines that the FHFA’s plan to restore the enterprise to a safe and solvent condition has been completed. The FHFA recently announced plans to consider taking Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac out of conservatorship. Should Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac be taken out of conservatorship, it is unclear whether the U.S. Treasury would continue to enforce its rights or perform its obligations under the SPAs. It also is unclear how the capital structure of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac would be constructed post-conservatorship, and what effects, if any, the privatization of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac will have on their creditworthiness and guarantees of certain mortgage-backed securities. Accordingly, should the FHFA take Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac out of conservatorship, there could be an adverse impact on the value of their securities which could cause the fund’s investments to lose value.
The risk of default may be heightened when there is uncertainty relating to negotiations in the U.S. Congress over increasing the statutory debt ceiling. If the U.S. Congress is unable to negotiate an increase to the statutory debt ceiling, the U.S. government may default on certain U.S. government securities including any held by the fund, which could have an adverse impact on the fund. In recent years, the long-term credit rating of the U.S. government was downgraded by a major rating agency as a result of concern about the U.S. government’s budget deficit and rising debt burden. Similar downgrades in the future could increase volatility in domestic and foreign financial markets, result in higher interest rates, lower prices of U.S. Treasury securities and increase the costs of different kinds of debt. Increased government spending in response to COVID-19 could increase the U.S. Government’s debt burden, which could heighten these associated risks. Although remote, it is at least theoretically possible that under certain scenarios the U.S. government could default on its debt, including U.S. Treasury securities.
17

 

Table of Contents
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS
The following are fundamental investment limitations and restrictions, and may be changed only by vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities.
The fund may not:
(1) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(2) Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted (or not prohibited) under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(3) Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted (or not prohibited) under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(4) Borrow money, except to the extent permitted (or not prohibited) under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(5) Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted (or not prohibited) under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(6) Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted (or not prohibited) under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(7) Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
The following descriptions of the 1940 Act may assist investors in understanding the above policies and restrictions.
Diversification. Under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder, a “diversified company,” as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other than obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government or its agencies, or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuer’s voting securities would be held by the fund.
Borrowing. The 1940 Act restricts an investment company from borrowing (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in excess of 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets). Transactions that are fully collateralized in a manner that does not involve the prohibited issuance of a “senior security” within the meaning of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, shall not be regarded as borrowings for the purposes of the fund’s investment restriction.
Concentration. The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company’s total assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions such as with respect to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies and instrumentalities, or tax-exempt obligations of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions. For purposes of the fund’s concentration policy, (i) financial service companies will be classified according to the types of services; for example, insurance, commercial banks, mortgages, and diversified finance will each be considered a separate industry; and (ii) energy and natural resources companies will be classified according to the types of products and services; for example, crude oil, petroleum, natural gas, precious metals and mining will each be considered a separate industry.
Lending. Under the 1940 Act, an investment company may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies. The fund’s non-fundamental investment policy on lending is set forth below.
Real Estate. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. The fund has adopted a fundamental policy that would permit direct investment in real estate. However, the fund has a non-fundamental investment limitation that prohibits it from investing directly in real estate. This non-fundamental policy may be changed only by vote of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by an investment company evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits the fund from issuing senior securities, although it provides allowances for certain borrowings and certain other investments, such as short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, when such investments are “covered” or with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligations.
Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves an investment company purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly.
18

 

Table of Contents
The following are non-fundamental investment limitations and restrictions, and may be changed by the board of trustees.
The fund may not:
(1) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(2) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).
(3) Purchase securities on margin, except such short term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.
(4) Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).
(5) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).
(6) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs), (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts, and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.
Policies and investment limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard shall be measured immediately after and as a result of the fund’s acquisition of such security or asset, unless otherwise noted. Except with respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, any subsequent change in total assets or net assets, as applicable, or other circumstances does not require the fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment.
The phrase “shareholder approval” as used in the Prospectus and herein, and the phrase “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities,” as used herein, means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of a class, the fund or the Trust, as the case may be, or (2) 67% or more of the shares of a class, the fund or the Trust, as the case may be, present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy.
Management of the FUND
The fund is overseen by a Board of Trustees. The trustees are responsible for protecting shareholder interests. The trustees regularly meet to review the investment activities, contractual arrangements and the investment performance of the fund. The trustees met seven times during the most recent fiscal year.
Certain trustees are “interested persons.” A trustee is considered an interested person (Interested Trustee) of the Trust under the 1940 Act if he or she is an officer, director, or an employee of CSIM or Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab or the distributor). A trustee also may be considered an interested person of the Trust under the 1940 Act if he or she owns stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation (CSC), a publicly traded company and the parent company of CSIM and Schwab.
As used herein, the terms “Fund Complex” and “Family of Investment Companies” each refer collectively to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust which, as of July 29, 2020, included 100 funds. As used herein, the term “Schwab Funds” refers collectively to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Schwab Capital Trust; the term “Laudus Funds” refers to Laudus Trust; and the term “Schwab ETFs” refers to Schwab Strategic Trust.
Each of the officers and/or trustees serves in the same capacity, unless otherwise noted, for The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust. The tables below provide information
19

 

Table of Contents
about the trustees and officers for the Trust, which includes the fund in this SAI. The address of each individual listed below is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105.
Name, Year of Birth, and Position(s) with the Trust
(Term of Office and Length of Time Served1)
Principal Occupations
During the Past Five Years
Number of Portfolios
in Fund Complex
Overseen by the Trustee
Other Directorships During
the Past Five Years
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Robert W. Burns
1959
Trustee
(Trustee of Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009; The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Retired/Private Investor (Jan. 2009-present). Formerly, Managing Director, Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC (PIMCO) (investment management firm) and President, PIMCO Funds. 100 None
John F. Cogan
1947
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2008; Laudus Trust since 2010; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Senior Fellow (Oct. 1979-present), The Hoover Institution at Stanford University (public policy think tank); Senior Fellow (2000-present), Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research; Professor of Public Policy (1994-2015), Stanford University. 100 Director (2005-present), Gilead Sciences, Inc.
Nancy F. Heller
1956
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2018)
Retired. President and Chairman (2014-2016), TIAA Charitable (financial services); Senior Managing Director (2003-2016), TIAA (financial services). 100 None
Stephen Timothy Kochis
1946
Trustee
(Trustee of Schwab Strategic Trust since 2012; The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2016)
CEO and Owner (May 2012-present), Kochis Global (wealth management consulting). 100 None
David L. Mahoney
1954
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2011; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Private Investor. 100 Director (2004-present), Corcept Therapeutics Incorporated

Director (2009-present), Adamas Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Director (2003-2019), Symantec Corporation
Jane P. Moncreiff
1961
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2019)
Consultant (2018-present), Fulham Advisers LLC (management consulting); Chief Investment Officer (2009-2017), CareGroup Healthcare System, Inc. (healthcare). 100 None
Kiran M. Patel
1948
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2011; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Retired. Executive Vice President and General Manager of Small Business Group (Dec. 2008-Sept. 2013), Intuit, Inc. (financial software and services firm for consumers and small businesses). 100 Director (2008-present), KLA-Tencor Corporation
Kimberly S. Patmore
1956
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Consultant (2008-present), Patmore Management Consulting (management consulting). 100 None
20

 

Name, Year of Birth, and Position(s) with the Trust
(Term of Office and Length of Time Served1)
Principal Occupations
During the Past Five Years
Number of Portfolios
in Fund Complex
Overseen by the Trustee
Other Directorships During
the Past Five Years
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Gerald B. Smith
1950
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2000; Laudus Trust since 2010; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Founder (Mar. 1990-present), Smith Graham & Co. (investment advisors). 100 Director (2012-present), Eaton Corporation plc
INTERESTED TRUSTEES
Walter W. Bettinger II2
1960
Chairman and Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2008; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009; Laudus Trust since 2010)
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Oct. 2008-present), The Charles Schwab Corporation; President and Chief Executive Officer (Oct. 2008-present) and Director (May 2008-present), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Director (Apr. 2006-present), Charles Schwab Bank, SSB; Director (Nov. 2017-present), Charles Schwab Premier Bank, SSB; Director (July 2019-present), Charles Schwab Trust Bank; Director (May 2008-present) and President and Chief Executive Officer (Aug. 2017-present), Schwab Holdings, Inc.; Director (July 2016-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. 100 Director (2008-present), The Charles Schwab Corporation
Jonathan de St. Paer2
1973
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2019)
Director (Apr. 2019-present), President (Oct. 2018-present), and Chief Executive Officer (Apr. 2019-Nov. 2019), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President (June 2020-present), Charles Schwab Investment Advisory, Inc.; Trustee and Chief Executive Officer (Apr. 2019-present) and President (Nov. 2018-present), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Director (Apr. 2019-present), Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited; Senior Vice President (Apr. 2019-present), Senior Vice President – Strategy and Product Development (CSIM) (Jan. 2014-Mar. 2019), and Vice President (Jan. 2009-Dec. 2013), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 100 None
Joseph R. Martinetto2
1962
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Chief Operating Officer (Feb. 2018-present) and Senior Executive Vice President (July 2015-Feb. 2018), The Charles Schwab Corporation; Senior Executive Vice President (July 2015-present), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Chief Financial Officer (July 2015-Aug. 2017) and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (May 2007-July 2015), The Charles Schwab Corporation and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Director (May 2007-present), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Director (Apr. 2010-present) and Chief Executive Officer (July 2013-Apr. 2015), Charles Schwab Bank, SSB; Director (Nov. 2017-present), Charles Schwab Premier Bank, SSB; Director (May 2007-present), Chief Financial Officer (May 2007-Aug. 2017), Senior Executive Vice President (Feb. 2016-present), and Executive Vice President (May 2007-Feb. 2016), Schwab Holdings, Inc. 100 None
21

 

Name, Year of Birth, and Position(s) with the Trust
(Term of Office and Length of Time Served3)
Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years
OFFICERS
Jonathan de St. Paer
1973
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2018)
Director (Apr. 2019-present), President (Oct. 2018-present), and Chief Executive Officer (Apr. 2019-Nov. 2019), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President (June 2020-present), Charles Schwab Investment Advisory, Inc.; Trustee and Chief Executive Officer (Apr. 2019-present) and President (Nov. 2018-present), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Director (Apr. 2019-present), Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited; Senior Vice President (Apr. 2019-present), Senior Vice President – Strategy and Product Development (CSIM) (Jan. 2014-Mar. 2019), and Vice President (Jan. 2009-Dec. 2013), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
Mark Fischer
1970
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2013)
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (Jan. 2016-present), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Assistant Treasurer (Dec. 2013-Dec. 2015), Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds; Assistant Treasurer (Nov. 2013-Dec. 2015), Schwab ETFs; Chief Financial Officer (Mar. 2020-present) and Vice President (Oct. 2013-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Executive Director (Apr. 2011-Sept. 2013), J.P. Morgan Investor Services; Assistant Treasurer (May 2005-Mar. 2011), Massachusetts Financial Service Investment Management.
George Pereira
1964
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2004; Laudus Trust since 2006; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009)
Senior Vice President (Nov. 2004-present), Chief Financial Officer (Nov. 2004-Mar. 2020) and Chief Operating Officer (Jan. 2011-Mar. 2020), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (Jan. 2016-present), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (June 2006-Dec. 2015), Laudus Funds; Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Nov. 2004-Dec. 2015), Schwab Funds; Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Oct. 2009-Dec. 2015), Schwab ETFs; Director (Apr. 2005-present), Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited.
Omar Aguilar
1970
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2011)
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer (Apr. 2011-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies (June 2011-present), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Head of the Portfolio Management Group and Vice President of Portfolio Management (May 2009-Apr. 2011), Financial Engines, Inc. (investment management firm); Head of Quantitative Equity (July 2004-Jan. 2009), ING Investment Management.
Brett Wander
1961
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2011)
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer (Apr. 2011-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income (June 2011-present), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Senior Managing Director and Global Head of Active Fixed-Income Strategies (Jan. 2008-Oct. 2010), State Street Global Advisors; Director of Alpha Strategies (Apr. 2006-Jan. 2008), Loomis, Sayles & Company (investment management firm).
David Lekich
1964
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, Schwab Funds and Schwab ETFs
Vice President and Assistant Clerk, Laudus Funds
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2011)
Senior Vice President (Sept. 2011-present) and Vice President (Mar. 2004-Sept. 2011), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Counsel (Sept. 2011-present) and Vice President (Jan. 2011-Sept. 2011), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Secretary (Apr. 2011-present) and Chief Legal Officer (Dec. 2011-present), Schwab Funds; Vice President and Assistant Clerk (Apr. 2011-present), Laudus Funds; Secretary (May 2011-present) and Chief Legal Officer (Nov. 2011-present), Schwab ETFs.
Catherine MacGregor
1964
Vice President and Assistant Secretary, Schwab Funds and Schwab ETFs
Chief Legal Officer, Vice President and Clerk, Laudus Funds
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2005; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009)
Vice President (July 2005-present), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Vice President (Sept. 2005-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Vice President (Dec. 2005-present) and Chief Legal Officer and Clerk (Mar. 2007-present), Laudus Funds; Vice President (Nov. 2005-present) and Assistant Secretary (June 2007-present), Schwab Funds; Vice President and Assistant Secretary (Oct. 2009-present), Schwab ETFs.
1 Each Trustee shall hold office until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed. The retirement policy requires that each independent trustee retire by December 31 of the year in which the Trustee turns 74 or the Trustee’s twentieth year of service as an independent trustee on any trust in the Fund Complex, whichever occurs first.
2 Mr. Bettinger, Mr. de St. Paer and Mr. Martinetto are Interested Trustees. Mr. Bettinger is an Interested Trustee because he owns stock of CSC, the parent company of CSIM, the investment adviser for the trusts in the Fund Complex, is an employee and director of Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., the principal underwriter for The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust, and is a director of CSIM. Mr. de St. Paer is an Interested Trustee because he owns stock of CSC and is an employee and director of CSIM. Mr. Martinetto is an Interested Trustee because he owns stock of CSC and is an employee and director of Schwab.
3 The President, Treasurer and Secretary/Clerk hold office until their respective successors are chosen and qualified or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Each of the other officers serves at the pleasure of the Board.
22

 

Board Leadership Structure
The Chairman of the Board, Walter W. Bettinger II, is Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of CSC and an interested person of the Trust as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. The Board is comprised of a super-majority (75 percent) of trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust (i.e., independent trustees). The Trust does not have a single lead independent trustee. There are three primary committees of the Board: the Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee; the Governance Committee; and the Investment Oversight Committee. Each of the Committees is chaired by an independent trustee, and each Committee is currently comprised solely of independent trustees. The Committee chairs preside at Committee meetings, participate in formulating agendas for those meetings, and coordinate with management to serve as a liaison between the independent trustees and management on matters within the scope of the responsibilities of each Committee as set forth in its Board-approved charter. The Board has determined that this leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust. The Board made this determination in consideration of, among other things, the fact that the independent trustees of the Trust constitute a super-majority of the Board, the fact that Committee chairs are independent trustees, the number of funds (and classes) overseen by the Board, and the total number of trustees on the Board.
Board Oversight of Risk Management
Like most investment companies, fund management and its other service providers have responsibility for day-to-day risk management for the fund. The Board’s duties, as part of its risk oversight of the Trust, consist of monitoring risks identified during regular and special reports to the Committees of the Board, as well as regular and special reports to the full Board. In addition to monitoring such risks, the Committees and the Board oversee efforts of fund management and service providers to manage risks to which the funds of the Trust may be exposed. For example, the Investment Oversight Committee meets with portfolio managers and receives regular reports regarding investment risk and credit risk of the fund’s portfolio. The Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee meets with the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Financial Officer and receives regular reports regarding compliance risks, operational risks and risks related to the valuation and liquidity of portfolio securities. From its review of these reports and discussions with management, each Committee receives information about the material risks of the funds of the Trust and about how management and service providers mitigate those risks, enabling the independent Committee chairs and other independent members of the Committees to discuss these risks with the full Board.
The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the fund can be identified nor can processes and controls be developed to eliminate or mitigate the occurrence or effects of certain risks; some risks are simply beyond the reasonable control of the fund, its management, and service providers. Although the risk oversight functions of the Board, and the risk management policies of fund management and fund service providers, are designed to be effective, there is no guarantee that they will eliminate or mitigate all risks. In addition, it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the fund’s investment objective. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the fund’s ability to manage risk is subject to significant limitations.
Individual Trustee Qualifications
The Board has concluded that each of the trustees should initially and continue to serve on the Board because of (i) his or her ability to review and understand information about the Trust provided to them by management, to identify and request other information they may deem relevant to the performance of their duties, to question management regarding material factors bearing on the management of the Trust, and to exercise their business judgment in a manner that serves the best interests of the Trusts’ shareholders and (ii) the trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills as described below.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Bettinger should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained as president and chief executive officer of The Charles Schwab Corporation, his knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2008, the Schwab ETFs since 2009, and the Laudus Funds since 2010.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Burns should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained as managing director of Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC (PIMCO) and president of PIMCO Funds as well as the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab ETFs since 2009, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab ETFs’ Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee until December 2015.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Cogan should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he has gained serving as a senior fellow and professor of public policy at a university and his former service in government, the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2008 and Laudus Funds since 2010, and his service on other public company boards.
The Board has concluded that Mr. de St. Paer should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained as president of CSIM, the Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs, and as senior vice president of strategy and product development at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., as well as his knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry and investment management services.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Heller should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience she gained as president of TIAA Charitable and as senior managing director at TIAA, the experience she has gained serving on other non-public company boards and her knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry.
23

 

The Board has concluded that Mr. Kochis should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as chair and chief executive officer of Aspiriant, LLC, an advisory firm, as well as his knowledge of and experience in wealth management consulting and the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab ETFs since 2012.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Mahoney should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds since 2011, as co-chief executive officer of a healthcare services company, and his service on other public company boards.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Martinetto should serve as trustee of the Trust because of his experience serving as senior executive vice president and chief financial officer of The Charles Schwab Corporation and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Moncreiff should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience she gained as chief investment officer of CareGroup Healthcare System, the experience she has gained serving on other non-public company boards and her knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Patel should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds since 2011, as executive vice president, general manager and chief financial officer of a software company, his service on other public company boards, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab Funds’ and Laudus Funds’ Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Patmore should serve as trustee of the Trust because of her experience serving as chief financial officer and executive vice president of First Data Payment Business and First Data Corporation, as well as her knowledge of and experience in management consulting.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Smith should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he has gained as managing partner of his own investment advisory firm, the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2000, as trustee of the Laudus Funds since 2010, his service on other public company boards, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab Funds’ and Laudus Funds’ Investment Oversight Committee.
Trustee Committees
The Board of Trustees has established certain committees and adopted Committee charters with respect to those committees, each as described below:
The Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee reviews the integrity of the Trust’s financial reporting processes and compliance policies, procedures and processes, and the Trust’s overall system of internal controls. The Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee also reviews and evaluates the qualifications, independence and performance of the Trust’s independent auditors, and the implementation and operation of the Trust’s valuation policy and procedures. This Committee is comprised of at least three independent trustees and currently has the following members: Kiran M. Patel (Chair), John F. Cogan, Nancy F. Heller and Kimberly S. Patmore. The Committee met four times during the most recent fiscal year.
The Governance Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding Trust governance-related matters, including but not limited to Board compensation practices, retirement policies and term limits, Board self-evaluations, the effectiveness and allocation of assignments and functions by the Board, the composition of Committees of the Board, and the training of trustees. The Governance Committee is responsible for selecting and nominating candidates to serve as trustees. The Governance Committee does not have a written policy with respect to consideration of candidates for trustee submitted by shareholders. However, if the Governance Committee determined that it would be in the best interests of the Trust to fill a vacancy on the Board of Trustees, and a shareholder submitted a candidate for consideration by the Board of Trustees to fill the vacancy, the Governance Committee would evaluate that candidate in the same manner as it evaluates nominees identified by the Governance Committee. Nominee recommendations may be submitted to the Clerk of the Trust at the Trust’s principal business address. This Committee is comprised of at least three independent trustees and currently has the following members: John F. Cogan (Chair), Stephen Timothy Kochis, David L. Mahoney and Kimberly S. Patmore. The Committee met four times during the most recent fiscal year.
The Investment Oversight Committee reviews the investment activities of the Trust and the performance of the fund’s investment adviser. This Committee is comprised of at least three trustees (at least two-thirds of whom shall be independent trustees) and currently has the following members: Gerald B. Smith (Chair), Robert W. Burns, Stephen Timothy Kochis, David L. Mahoney and Jane P. Moncreiff. The Committee met five times during the most recent fiscal year.
24

 

Trustee Compensation
The following table provides Trustee compensation for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020, earned with respect to the fund and the Fund Complex.
Name of Trustee Aggregate Compensation
from the Fund in this SAI
Pension or Retirement Benefits
Accrued as Part of Fund Expenses
Total Compensation from the Fund
and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees
Interested Trustees
Walter W. Bettinger II None N/A None
Jonathan de St. Paer None N/A None
Joseph R. Martinetto None N/A None
Independent Trustees
Robert W. Burns $ 9,622 N/A $312,500
John F. Cogan $10,238 N/A $332,500
Nancy F. Heller $ 9,622 N/A $312,500
Stephen Timothy Kochis $ 9,622 N/A $312,500
David L. Mahoney $ 9,622 N/A $312,500
Jane P. Moncreiff $ 9,622 N/A $312,500
Kiran M. Patel $10,238 N/A $332,500
Kimberly S. Patmore $ 9,622 N/A $312,500
Gerald B. Smith $10,238 N/A $332,500
Securities Beneficially Owned by Each Trustee
The following table provides each trustee’s equity ownership of the fund and ownership of all registered investment companies overseen by each trustee in the Family of Investment Companies as of December 31, 2019.
Name of Trustee Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of the Fund Included in the SAI Aggregate Dollar Range of
Trustee Ownership in the Family
of Investment Companies
Interested Trustees
Walter W. Bettinger II Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None Over $100,000
Jonathan de St. Paer1 Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None Over $100,000
Joseph R. Martinetto Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None Over $100,000
Independent Trustees
Robert W. Burns Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None Over $100,000
John F. Cogan Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None Over $100,000
Nancy F. Heller Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None Over $100,000
Stephen Timothy Kochis Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None Over $100,000
David L. Mahoney Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None Over $100,000
Jane P. Moncreiff Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None None
Kiran M. Patel Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None Over $100,000
Kimberly S. Patmore Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None Over $100,000
Gerald B. Smith Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None Over $100,000
1 Mr. de St. Paer joined the Board effective April 1, 2019.
As of December 31, 2019, none of the independent trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of CSIM or any sub-advisers or Schwab, or in a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with CSIM or any sub-advisers or Schwab.
Investment Advisory and Other Services
Advisory Agreements
After their initial two year terms, the continuation of the fund’s advisory agreements must be specifically approved at least annually (1) by the vote of the trustees or by a vote of the shareholders of the fund and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the investment advisory agreements or “interested persons” of any party (independent trustees), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. If the shareholders of the fund fail to approve an advisory agreement, CSIM and the Subadviser, as applicable, may continue to serve under their agreement in the manner and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.
25

 

After their initial two year terms, each year, the Board of Trustees will call and hold one or more meetings to decide whether to renew the advisory agreement between Laudus Trust (Trust) and CSIM (Investment Adviser), and the sub-advisory agreement between CSIM and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (BlackRock or the Subadviser) with respect to the fund. In preparation for the meetings, the Board requests and reviews a wide variety of materials provided by CSIM and BlackRock as well as extensive data provided by third parties and the independent trustees receive advice from counsel to the independent trustees.
CSIM oversees the advisory services provided to the fund. Pursuant to a separate sub-advisory agreement, and under the supervision of the Investment Adviser and the fund’s Board of Trustees, BlackRock is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the fund’s assets. BlackRock also is responsible for managing their employees who provide services to the fund.
About CSIM
CSIM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CSC. Both CSIM and CSC are located at 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.
Principal Executive Officer and Directors — Listed below are the directors and principal executive officer of CSIM. The principal business address of each director and the principal executive officer, as it relates to their duties at CSIM, is the same as above.
Name Position
Jonathan de St. Paer Director and President
Walter W. Bettinger II Director
Peter B. Crawford Director
Richard A. Wurster Chief Executive Officer
As disclosed in the Prospectus under the heading “Management of the Fund,” under a management contract (Management Contract) between the Trust, on behalf of the fund, and CSIM, subject to the supervision of the trustees of the Trust and such policies as the trustees may determine, CSIM furnishes office space and equipment, provides certain bookkeeping and clerical services and pays all salaries, fees and expenses of officers and trustees of the Trust who are affiliated with CSIM. In addition, pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement between CSIM and BlackRock, BlackRock will continuously furnish an investment program for the fund and will make investment decisions on behalf of the fund and place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
The fund has agreed to pay CSIM a monthly management fee at an annual percentage rate of the fund’s average daily net assets. The table below shows the advisory fee payable to CSIM by the fund.
Average Daily Net Assets Fee
First $500 million 0.70%
$500 million to $1 billion 0.65%
$1 billion to $1.5 billion 0.60%
$1.5 billion to $2 billion 0.575%
Above $2 billion 0.55%
CSIM has agreed with the Trust that it will waive some or all of its management fees under the Management Contract and, if necessary, will bear certain expenses of the fund until at least July 30, 2022 (unless the waiver is extended, modified or terminated by mutual agreement of the Trust and CSIM; provided that termination by CSIM must be authorized by the Board of Trustees) so that the fund’s total annual operating expenses (exclusive of nonrecurring account fees, fees on securities transactions such as exchange fees, service fees, interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the fund’s business, such as shareholder meeting costs) will not exceed 0.77%. For fiscal years ending prior to July 30, 2019, any amounts waived or reimbursed in a particular fiscal year were subject to reimbursement by the fund to the investment adviser during the next two fiscal years to the extent that the repayment would not cause the fund’s total annual fund operating expenses to exceed the limit (as stated in the agreement) during the respective year or the current year. For fiscal years beginning July 31, 2019, CSIM may no longer recoup any amounts waived or reimbursed in a particular fiscal year. The investment adviser may, but is not required to, extend the agreement for additional years. The expense limitation also does not cover fees and expenses of pooled investment vehicles, such as ETFs, REITs and other investment companies that are held by the fund. In addition, CSIM’s compensation under the Management Contract is subject to reduction to the extent that in any year the expenses of the fund (including investment advisory fees but excluding taxes, portfolio brokerage commissions and any distribution and shareholder service expenses paid by a class of shares of the fund pursuant to a distribution and shareholder service plan or otherwise) exceed the limits on investment company expenses imposed by any statute or regulatory authority of any jurisdiction in which shares of the fund are qualified for offer and sale.
The Management Contract provides that CSIM shall not be subject to any liability to the Trust or to any shareholder of the Trust in connection with the performance of its services thereunder in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder.
26

 

The Management Contract automatically terminates on assignment and is terminable on 60 days’ notice by the Trust to CSIM or by CSIM to the Trust.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, the fund paid to CSIM as management fees, and CSIM, in its capacity as adviser, has waived and reimbursed to the fund the following amounts:
  2020 2019 2018
Net Management Fee $14,298,431 $13,540,139 $11,499,237
Amount Waived/Reimbursed $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Amount Recouped $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Subadvisory Agreement
CSIM has entered into an agreement on behalf of the fund with BlackRock by which BlackRock acts as subadviser to the fund (Subadviser Agreement). Under the Subadviser Agreement, BlackRock, continuously furnishes an investment management program for the fund and makes investment decisions on behalf of the fund and places all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and all other investments, subject to the supervision of CSIM and the trustees.
BlackRock, with its principal office located at 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, manages the assets of the fund. BlackRock is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc. BlackRock is a registered investment adviser organized in 1999. As of June 30, 2020, BlackRock and its affiliates had approximately $7.32 trillion in investment company and other portfolio assets under management.
Subadvisory Fee
This section describes the subadvisory fee payable by CSIM to BlackRock. Please remember, however, that the following fees described are paid by CSIM to BlackRock; they do not affect how much you pay or the fund pays. Effective March 1, 2018, the subadvisory fee is:
First $1.5 billion 0.25%
Over $1.5 billion to $2.5 billion 0.21%
Over $2.5 billion 0.19%
Prior to March 1, 2018, the subadvisory fee was:
First $1.7 billion 0.25%
Over $1.7 billion to $2.5 billion 0.21%
Over $2.5 billion 0.19%
In connection with the hiring of BlackRock as subadviser, BlackRock and CSIM have entered into an agreement regarding responsibilities for the assets and shareholders of the fund (Agreement). Subject to certain conditions, including termination for cause, the Agreement provides that CSIM will pay compensation to BlackRock, in the event that BlackRock is terminated as investment subadviser to the fund during the first 2 years of the Subadviser Agreement. The amount of compensation owed to BlackRock upon its termination, if any, is based on a formula that takes into account when BlackRock is terminated, the circumstances surrounding the termination, and the amount of compensation received under the Subadviser Agreement by BlackRock in the month prior to termination.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, CSIM paid to BlackRock, as a subadvisory fee, and BlackRock in its capacity as subadviser has waived the following amounts:
  2020 2019 2018
Net Subadvisory Fee $5,451,372 $5,150,491 $4,464,640
Amount Waived $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Other Service Providers
Administrative Services
The Trust has entered into a Fund Administration Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company (State Street) (in such capacity, the “Administrator”) pursuant to which the Administrator provides certain management and administrative services necessary for the fund’s operations including: (i) regulatory compliance, including the compilation of information for documents such as reports to, and filings with, the SEC and state securities commissions, and preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports for the fund; (ii) general supervision relative to the compilation of data required for the preparation of periodic reports distributed to the fund’s officers and Board of Trustees; and (iii) furnishing office space and certain facilities required for conducting the business of the fund. For these services, the Administrator is entitled to receive $1,000 per annum, as well as a fee based on the average daily net assets of the Trust (Administrator’s Asset-Based Fee). In
27

 

calculating the Administrator’s Asset Based-Fee payable by the Trust, the assets of the Trust are aggregated with the average daily net assets of certain of the other portfolios for which CSIM serves as investment adviser and State Street serves as administrator1.
1 In addition to the fund of the Trust, this list includes each of the funds of Schwab Investments, The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, and Schwab Capital Trust.
For the past three fiscal years ended March 31, State Street in its capacity as Administrator received the following amounts:
  2020 2019 2018
Fees Received $25,067 $22,966 $15,780
Fees Waived $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Distributor
Charles Schwab & Co. (Schwab), located at 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105, is the principal underwriter and distributor of shares of the fund. Schwab has entered into an agreement with the Trust pursuant to which it distributes shares of the fund (the Distribution Agreement). Schwab continually distributes shares of the fund on a best effort basis. Schwab has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of fund shares. The Distribution Agreement will continue for two years from its effective date and is renewable annually thereafter in accordance with the 1940 Act. Shares are continuously offered for sale by the fund through Schwab, as described in the fund’s prospectus. Schwab is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Schwab is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Charles Schwab Corporation, a publicly traded company. The fund pays for prospectus and shareholder reports to be prepared and delivered to existing shareholders. Schwab pays such costs when the described materials are used in connection with the offering of shares to prospective investors and for supplemental sales literature and advertising. Schwab receives no fee under the Distribution Agreement; however, as described below in “Payments to Financial Intermediaries,” CSIM compensates Schwab, in its capacity as a financial intermediary and not in its capacity as distributor and principal underwriter for the fund, for providing certain additional services that may be deemed to be distribution-related.
The Distribution Agreement provides that it may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on at least sixty (60) days prior written notice to the other party. The Distribution Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act).
Prior to June 29, 2018, shares of the fund were sold on a continuous basis by the Trust’s previous distributor, ALPS Distributors, Inc. (ALPS). ALPS’s principal offices are located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado, 80203. Under the distribution contract between the Trust and ALPS, ALPS was not obligated to sell any specific amount of shares of the Trust and purchased shares for resale only against orders for shares.
For the fiscal periods shown below, ALPS Distributors, Inc. incurred distribution expenses or paid intermediaries the following amounts:
  April 1, 2018 – June 29, 2018 April 1, 2017 – March 31, 2018
Distribution Expenses Incurred by the Fund $0 $0
Distribution Expenses Paid to Intermediaries $0 $0
Payments to Financial Intermediaries
CSIM and its affiliates make payments to certain broker-dealers, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, retirement plan service providers, consultants and other financial intermediaries (Intermediaries) for services and expenses incurred in connection with certain activities or services which may educate financial advisors or facilitate, directly or indirectly, investment in the fund and other investment companies advised by CSIM, including the Schwab ETFs. These payments are made by CSIM or its affiliates at their own expense, and not from the assets of the fund. Although a portion of CSIM’s and its affiliates’ revenue comes directly or indirectly in part from fees paid by the fund, these payments do not increase the expenses paid by investors for the purchase of fund shares, or the cost of owning the fund.
These payments may relate to educational efforts regarding the fund, or for other activities, such as marketing and/or fund promotion activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, data analytics and support, or the development and support of technology platforms and/or reporting systems. In addition, CSIM or its affiliates make payments to certain Intermediaries that make shares of the fund available to their customers or otherwise promote the fund, which may include Intermediaries that allow customers to buy and sell fund shares without paying a commission or other transaction charge. Payments of this type are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing or marketing support.
Payments made to Intermediaries may be significant and may cause an Intermediary to make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive. As a result, these payments could create conflicts of interest between an Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the fund over other investments.
28

 

As of July 29, 2020, CSIM anticipates that Cambridge Investment Research, Inc., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company, LPL Financial LLC, Minnesota Life Insurance Company, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC, Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America and UBS Financial Services Inc. will receive these payments. CSIM may enter into similar agreements with other FINRA member firms (or their affiliates) in the future. In addition to member firms of FINRA, CSIM and its affiliates may also make these payments to certain other financial intermediaries, such as banks, trust companies, insurance companies, and plan administrators and consultants that sell fund shares or provide services to the fund and its shareholders. These firms may not be included in this list. You should ask your financial intermediary if it receives such payments.
CSIM also makes payments to Schwab for certain administrative, professional and support services provided by Schwab, in its capacity as an affiliated financial intermediary and not as distributor and principal underwriter of the fund. These payments reimburse Schwab for its charges, costs and expenses of providing Schwab personnel to perform marketing and sales activities under the direction of CSIM, such as sales lead generation and sales support, assistance with public relations, marketing and/or advertising activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, and data analytics and support. Payments also are made by CSIM to Schwab for CSIM’s allocated costs of general corporate services provided by Schwab, such as human resources, facilities, project management support and technology.
Custodian and Fund Accountant
State Street Bank and Trust Company (State Street), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the fund’s custodian and fund accountant.
The custodian is responsible for the daily safekeeping of securities and cash held by the fund. The fund accountant maintains all books and records related to the fund’s transactions.
For the past three fiscal years ended March 31, State Street in its capacity as Fund Accountant received the following amounts:
  2020 2019 2018
Fees Received $94,313 $69,598 $56,799
Fees Waived $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Transfer Agent
DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, MA 02169-0953, provides transfer agency and dividend disbursing agent services for the fund. As part of these services, the firm maintains records pertaining to the sale, redemption and transfer of the fund’s shares and distributes the fund’s cash distributions to shareholders.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Prior to June 8, 2020, the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm was PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), Three Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, California 94111. PwC audited and reported on the annual financial statements of the fund and reviewed certain regulatory reports and the fund’s federal income tax return. PwC also performed other professional, accounting, auditing, tax and advisory services when engaged to do so by the Trust. PwC resigned as the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm effective June 8, 2020. The fund’s Board appointed Deloitte & Touche LLP (D&T), 1601 Wewatta Street, Suite 400, Denver, CO 80202, beginning June 9, 2020, to act as the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. D&T audits and reports on the annual financial statements of the fund and reviews certain regulatory reports. D&T or one of its affiliates also reviews the fund’s federal income tax returns and performs other professional, accounting, auditing, tax and advisory services when engaged to do so by the Trust.
Securities Lending Activities
As of the most recent fiscal year-end, the fund had not entered into a contract with a securities lending agent and was not engaged in securities lending.
Code of Ethics
The funds, CSIM and Schwab have adopted a Code of Ethics as required under the 1940 Act. Subject to certain conditions or restrictions, the Code of Ethics permits the trustees, directors, officers or advisory representatives of the funds or CSIM or the directors or officers of Schwab to buy or sell directly or indirectly securities for their own accounts. This includes securities that may be purchased or held by the funds. Securities transactions by some of these individuals may be subject to prior approval of the investment adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer or alternate. Most securities transactions are subject to quarterly reporting and review requirements.
BlackRock’s code of ethics establishes procedures for personal investing and restricts certain transactions. Employees of BlackRock subject to the code of ethics may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund.
29

 

Portfolio Managers
BlackRock acts as subadviser to the fund. Presented below is information about the portfolio managers of the fund as identified in the fund’s prospectus.
Other Accounts. In addition to the fund, the portfolio managers are responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below, as of March 31, 2020. The accounts listed below under “Registered Investment Companies” and “Other Pooled Investment Vehicles” are not subject to a performance-based fee. The accounts listed under “Other Accounts (separate accounts)” are subject to a performance-based advisory fee.
  Registered Investment Companies Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts (separate accounts)
Portfolio Managers Number of Accounts Total Assets Number of Accounts Total Assets Number of Accounts Total Assets
Lawrence Kemp 12 $17.22 Billion 2 $1.73 Billion 1 $527.7 Million
Phil Ruvinsky 12 $17.22 Billion 3 $1.75 Billion 1 $527.7 Million
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Portfolio Manager Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Fund, and BlackRock may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Fund. In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer, director, shareholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Fund. BlackRock, or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders, or any officer, director, shareholder, employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those recommended to the Fund by BlackRock with respect to the same securities. Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock’s (or its affiliates’ or significant shareholders’) officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. Certain portfolio managers also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for the Fund. It should also be noted that a portfolio manager may be managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, or may be part of a team managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, subject to incentive fees. Such portfolio managers may therefore be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such accounts. Currently, the portfolio managers of this fund are not entitled to receive a portion of incentive fees of other accounts.
As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment. To this end, BlackRock has adopted policies that are intended to ensure reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base, as appropriate.
Description of Compensation Structure
The discussion below describes the portfolio managers’ compensation as of March 31, 2020. BlackRock’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock.
Base compensation. Generally, a portfolio manager receives base compensation based on their position with the firm.
Discretionary Incentive Compensation
Generally, discretionary incentive compensation for Active Equity portfolio managers is based on a formulaic compensation program. BlackRock’s formulaic portfolio manager compensation program is based on team revenue and pre-tax investment performance relative to appropriate competitors or benchmarks over 1-, 3- and 5-year performance periods, as applicable. In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the funds or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers determine the benchmarks or rankings against which the performance of funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio management team is compared and the period of time over which performance is evaluated. With respect
30

 

to the portfolio manager, such benchmarks for the fund and other accounts are: Russell 1000 Growth Custom Index; Russell 1000 Growth Index; Russell MidCap Growth Index; and S&P 500 Index.
A smaller element of portfolio manager discretionary compensation may include consideration of: financial results, expense control, profit margins, strategic planning and implementation, quality of client service, market share, corporate reputation, capital allocation, compliance and risk control, leadership, technology and innovation. These factors are considered collectively by BlackRock management and the relevant Chief Investment Officers.
Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation. Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash, deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards, and/or deferred cash awards that notionally track the return of certain BlackRock investment products.
Portfolio managers receive their annual discretionary incentive compensation in the form of cash. Portfolio managers whose total compensation is above a specified threshold also receive deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards annually as part of their discretionary incentive compensation. Paying a portion of discretionary incentive compensation in the form of deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year “at risk” based on BlackRock’s ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods. In some cases, additional deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock may be granted to certain key employees as part of a long-term incentive award to aid in retention, align interests with long-term shareholders and motivate performance. Deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that vest pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan and, once vested, settle in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. The portfolio managers of this Fund have deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards.
For certain portfolio managers, a portion of the discretionary incentive compensation is also distributed in the form of deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select BlackRock investment products they manage, which provides direct alignment of portfolio manager discretionary incentive compensation with investment product results. Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash. Only portfolio managers who manage specified products and whose total compensation is above a specified threshold are eligible to participate in the deferred cash award program.
Other Compensation Benefits. In addition to base salary and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:
Incentive Savings Plans — BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 8% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $5,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible compensation up to the Internal Revenue Service limit ($285,000 for 2020). The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies and collective investment funds managed by the firm. BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent participant investment direction, are invested into a target date fund that corresponds to, or is closest to, the year in which the participant attains age 65. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares of common stock or a dollar value of $25,000 based on its fair market value on the purchase date. All of the eligible portfolio managers are eligible to participate in these plans.
Ownership of Fund Shares. As of March 31, 2020, the portfolio managers beneficially owned shares of the fund as follows:
Portfolio Managers Dollar Range
Lawrence Kemp Over $1 Million
Phil Ruvinsky None
Description Of The Trust And Ownership Of Shares
The Trust is an open-end series investment company organized as a Massachusetts business trust. A copy of the Third Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust (Declaration of Trust) on April 1988, is on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The fiscal year of the Trust ends on March 31. The Trust changed its name to “Barr Rosenberg Series Trust” from “Rosenberg Series Trust” on August 5, 1996. Effective March 30, 2004, the Trust changed its name to the “Laudus Trust.”
Interests in the Trust’s portfolios are currently represented by shares of 1 series, the Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund, issued pursuant to the Declaration of Trust. The rights of shareholders and powers of the Trustees of the Trust with respect to such shares are described in the fund’s Prospectus.
The fund has one class of shares. On July 13, 2009, the fund acquired all of the assets and liabilities of the UBS U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund (UBS Fund) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization approved by the UBS Fund’s shareholders.
The Declaration of Trust provides for the perpetual existence of the Trust. The Trust may, however, be terminated at any time by vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each series of the Trust or by the vote of the Trustees.
31

 

Voting Rights
Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held (with fractional votes for fractional shares held) and will vote (to the extent provided in the Declaration of Trust) in the election of Trustees and the termination of the Trust and on other matters submitted to the vote of shareholders. Shareholders will vote by individual series on all matters except (i) when required by the 1940 Act, shares shall be voted in the aggregate and not by individual series and (ii) when the Trustees have determined that the matter affects only the interests of one or more series, then only shareholders of such series shall be entitled to vote thereon. Shareholders of one series shall not be entitled to vote on matters exclusively affecting another series, such matters including, without limitation, the adoption of or change in any fundamental policies or restrictions of the other series and the approval of the investment advisory contracts of the other series.
There will normally be no meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees, except that in accordance with the 1940 Act (i) the Trust will hold a shareholders’ meeting for the election of Trustees at such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding office have been elected by shareholders, and (ii) if, as a result of a vacancy in the Board of Trustees, less than two-thirds of the Independent Trustees holding office have been elected by the shareholders, that vacancy may only be filled by a vote of the shareholders. In addition, Trustees may be removed from office by a written consent signed by the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares and filed with the Trust’s custodian or by a vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares at a meeting duly called for the purpose, which meeting shall be held upon the written request of the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares. Upon written request by the holders of at least 1% of the outstanding shares stating that such shareholders wish to communicate with the other shareholders for the purpose of obtaining the signatures necessary to demand a meeting to consider removal of a Trustee, the Trust has undertaken to provide a list of shareholders or to disseminate appropriate materials (at the expense of the requesting shareholders). Except as set forth above, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may appoint successor Trustees. Voting rights are not cumulative.
No amendment may be made to the Declaration of Trust without the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trust except (i) to change the Trust’s name or to cure technical problems in the Declaration of Trust and (ii) to establish, liquidate, designate or modify new and existing series, sub-series or classes of shares of any series of Trust shares or other provisions relating to Trust shares in response to applicable laws or regulations. Trustees may, without approval of the relevant shareholders, combine, reorganize or merge one or more series or classes of the Trust into a single series or class on such terms and conditions as the Trustees shall determine.
Shareholders wishing to submit proposals for inclusion in a proxy statement for a future shareholder meeting should send their written submissions to the Trust at P. O. Box 219975, Kansas City, MO 64121-9975. Proposals must be received a reasonable time in advance of a proxy solicitation to be included. Submission of a proposal does not guarantee inclusion in a proxy statement because proposals must comply with certain federal securities regulations.
Shareholder and Trustee Liability
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation, or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or the Trustees. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of all the property of the relevant series for all loss and expense of any shareholder of that series held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is considered remote since it is limited to circumstances in which the disclaimer is inoperative and the series of which he is or was a shareholder would be unable to meet its obligations.
The Declaration of Trust further provides that the Trustees will not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. However, nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects a Trustee against any liability to which the Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office. The Declaration of Trust also provides for indemnification by the Trust of the Trustees and the officers of the Trust against liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with the Trust, except if it is determined in the manner specified in the Declaration of Trust that such Trustees are liable to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his or her duties.
Control Persons and principal holders of securities
As of June 30, 2020, the officers and trustees of the fund, as a group, owned, of record or beneficially, less than 1% of the outstanding voting securities of the fund.
32

 

As of June 30, 2020, the following persons or entities owned, of record or beneficially, 5% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (a shareholder’s or an entity’s address will be listed once at the first mention and not repeated for future entries):
Fund Name and Address Percentage of Ownership
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
For the Exclusive Use of
Our Customers Reinvest Account
Attn: Mutual Funds
211 Main Street
San Francisco, CA 94105-1905
74.31%
National Financial Services Corp
For Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers
Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4th Floor
499 Washington Blvd.
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995
6.74%
Persons who beneficially own more than 25% of the fund may be deemed to control the fund. As a result, it may not be possible for matters subject to a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund to be approved without the affirmative vote of such shareholder, and it may be possible for such matters to be approved by such shareholder without the affirmative vote of any other shareholder.
Brokerage Allocation And Other Practices
Portfolio Turnover
For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the value of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year, whichever is less, by the monthly average value of portfolio securities the fund owned during the fiscal year. When making the calculation, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less (short term securities) are excluded.
A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all portfolio securities (aside from short term securities) were sold and either repurchased or replaced once during the fiscal year.
Typically, a fund with high turnover (such as 100% or more) tend to generate higher capital gains and transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions.
Variations in turnover rate may be due to a fluctuating volume of shareholder purchase and redemption orders, market conditions, and/or changes in the investment adviser’s investment outlook.
Following are the portfolio turnover rates for the past two fiscal years ended March 31 for the fund.
Fund 2020 2019
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund 40% 53%
Portfolio Transactions
Subject to policies established by the Board of Directors, BlackRock is primarily responsible for the execution of the fund’s portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage. BlackRock does not execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but seeks to obtain the best net results for the fund, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities.
While BlackRock generally seeks reasonable trade execution costs, the fund does not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available, and payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions. Subject to applicable legal requirements, BlackRock may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to BlackRock and its clients. In return for such services, BlackRock may cause the fund to pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if BlackRock determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.
In selecting brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions, BlackRock seeks to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for the fund, taking into account a variety of factors including: (i) the size, nature and character of the security or instrument being traded and the markets in which it is purchased or sold; (ii) the desired timing of the transaction; (iii) BlackRock’s knowledge of the expected commission rates and spreads currently available; (iv) the activity existing and expected in the market for the particular security or instrument, including any anticipated execution difficulties; (v) the full range of brokerage services provided; (vi) the broker’s or dealer’s capital (vii) the quality of research and research services provided; (viii) the reasonableness of the commission, dealer spread or its equivalent for the specific transaction; and (ix) BlackRock’s knowledge of any actual or apparent operational problems of a broker or dealer.
Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act (Section 28(e)) permits an investment adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction that exceeds the amount another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the same transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by that broker or dealer. This includes commissions
33

 

paid on riskless principal transactions under certain conditions. Brokerage and research services include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, including pricing and appraisal advice, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance and other analysis, as well as the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental to securities transactions (such as clearance, settlement, and custody). BlackRock believes that access to independent investment research is beneficial to its investment decision-making processes and, therefore, to the fund.
BlackRock may participate in client commission arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. BlackRock believes that research services obtained through soft dollar or commission sharing arrangements enhance its investment decision-making capabilities, thereby increasing the prospects for higher investment returns. BlackRock will engage only in soft dollar or commission sharing transactions that comply with the requirements of Section 28(e). BlackRock regularly evaluates the soft dollar products and services utilized, as well as the overall soft dollar and commission sharing arrangements to ensure that trades are executed by firms that are regarded as best able to execute trades for client accounts, while at the same time providing access to the research and other services BlackRock views as impactful to its trading results.
BlackRock may utilize soft dollars and related services, including research (whether prepared by the broker-dealer or prepared by a third-party and provided to BlackRock by the broker-dealer) and execution or brokerage services within applicable rules and BlackRock’s policies to the extent that such permitted services do not compromise BlackRock’s ability to seek to obtain best execution. In this regard, the portfolio management investment and/or trading teams may consider a variety of factors, including the degree to which the broker-dealer: (a) provides access to company management; (b) provides access to their analysts; (c) provides meaningful/insightful research notes on companies or other potential investments; (d) facilitates calls on which meaningful or insightful ideas about companies or potential investments are discussed; (e) facilitates conferences at which meaningful or insightful ideas about companies or potential investments are discussed; or (f) provides research tools such as market data, financial analysis, and other third party related research and brokerage tools that aid in the investment process.
Payments of commissions to brokers who are affiliated persons of the Fund (or affiliated persons of such persons), will be made in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the Investment Company Act.
Investment decisions for the Fund and for other investment accounts managed by BlackRock are made independently of each other in light of differing conditions. BlackRock allocates investments among client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. A variety of factors will be considered in making such allocations. These factors include: (i) investment objectives or strategies for particular accounts, including sector, industry, country or region and capitalization weightings, (ii) tax considerations of an account, (iii) risk or investment concentration parameters for an account, (iv) supply or demand for a security at a given price level, (v) size of available investment, (vi) cash availability and liquidity requirements for accounts, (vii) regulatory restrictions, (viii) minimum investment size of an account, (ix) relative size of account, and (x) such other factors as may be approved by BlackRock’s general counsel. Moreover, investments may not be allocated to one client account over another based on any of the following considerations: (i) to favor one client account at the expense of another, (ii) to generate higher fees paid by one client account over another or to produce greater performance compensation to BlackRock, (iii) to develop or enhance a relationship with a client or prospective client, (iv) to compensate a client for past services or benefits rendered to BlackRock or to induce future services or benefits to be rendered to BlackRock, or (v) to manage or equalize investment performance among different client accounts.
In certain instances, BlackRock may find it efficient for purposes of seeking to obtain best execution, to aggregate or “bunch” certain contemporaneous purchases or sale orders of its advisory accounts. In general, all contemporaneous trades for client accounts under management by the same portfolio manager or investment team will be bunched in a single order if the trader believes the bunched trade would provide each client with an opportunity to achieve a more favorable execution at a potentially lower execution cost. The costs associated with a bunched order will be shared pro rata among the clients in the bunched order. Generally, if an order for a particular portfolio manager or management team is filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted. While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the fund is concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the fund. Transactions effected by BlackRock on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.
Brokerage Commissions
For the fiscal year ended March 31, the fund paid brokerage commissions in the following amounts:
Fund 2020 2019 2018
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund $385,398 $388,056 $1,681,768
34

 

Regular Broker-Dealers
During the fiscal year, the fund held securities issued by its respective “regular broker-dealers” (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act), indicated below as of March 31, 2020.
Fund Regular Broker-Dealer Value of Holdings
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund None N/A
Proxy Voting
The Board has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM. The trustees have adopted CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various Schwab Funds’ portfolios. A description of CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy is included in Appendix – Proxy Voting Policy.
The Trust is required to disclose annually the fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX. The fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30th is available by visiting the Laudus Funds’ website at www.schwabfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus. The fund’s Form N-PX will also be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure
For this section only, the following disclosure relates to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust (collectively, the Trusts) and each series thereunder (each a fund and collectively, the funds).
The Trusts’ Board has approved policies and procedures that govern the timing and circumstances regarding the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings information to shareholders and third parties. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of fund shareholders, and include procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the funds’ shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the funds’ investment adviser, subadviser (if applicable), principal underwriter or any affiliated person of a fund, its investment adviser, subadviser or principal underwriter, on the other. Pursuant to such procedures, the Board has authorized one of the President, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Trusts (in consultation with a fund’s subadviser, if applicable) to authorize the release of the funds’ portfolio holdings prior to regular public disclosure (as outlined in the prospectus and below) or regular public filings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles.
The Board exercises on-going oversight of the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings by overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the funds’ policies and procedures by the Chief Compliance Officer and by considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning any material compliance matters. The Board will receive periodic updates, at least annually, regarding entities which were authorized to be provided “early disclosure” of the funds’ portfolio holdings information and will periodically review any agreements that the Trusts have entered into to selectively disclose portfolio holdings.
Portfolio holdings may be made available on a selective basis to ratings agencies, certain industry organizations, consultants and other qualified financial professionals when the appropriate officer of the Trusts determines such disclosure meets the requirements noted above and serves a legitimate business purpose. Agreements entered into with such entities will describe the permitted use of portfolio holdings and provide that, among other customary confidentiality provisions: (i) the portfolio holdings will be kept confidential; (ii) the person will not trade on the basis of any material non-public information; and (iii) the information will be used only for the purpose described in the agreement.
The funds’ service providers including, without limitation, the investment adviser, subadvisers (if applicable), the distributor, the custodian, fund accountant, transfer agent, counsel, auditor, proxy voting service provider, pricing information vendors, trade execution measurement vendors, portfolio management system providers, cloud database providers, securities lending agents, publisher, printer and mailing agent may receive disclosure of portfolio holdings information as frequently as daily in connection with the services they perform for the funds. CSIM, any subadviser to a fund as disclosed in the most current prospectus, Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC, State Street and/or Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., as service providers to the funds, are currently receiving this information on a daily basis. Donnelley Financial Solutions, as a service provider to the funds, is currently receiving this information on a quarterly basis. D&T, the Transfer Agent, and the Distributor, as service providers to the funds, receive this information on an as-needed basis. Service providers are subject to a duty of confidentiality with respect to any portfolio holdings information they receive whether imposed by the confidentiality provisions of the service providers’ agreements with the Trusts or by the nature of its relationship with the Trusts. Although certain of the service providers are not under formal confidentiality obligations in connection with disclosure of portfolio holdings, a fund will not continue to conduct business with a service provider who the fund believes is misusing the disclosed information.
To the extent that a fund invests in an ETF, the Trusts will, when required by the exemptive orders issued by the SEC to ETF sponsors and the procedures adopted by the Board, promptly notify the ETF in writing of any purchase or acquisition of shares of the ETF that causes the fund to hold (i) 5% or more of such ETF’s total outstanding voting securities, and (ii) 10% or more of such ETF’s total outstanding voting securities. In addition, CSIM will, upon causing a fund to acquire more than 3% of an ETF’s outstanding shares, notify the ETF of the investment.
35

 

The funds’ policies and procedures prohibit the funds, the funds’ investment adviser or any related party from receiving any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information.
Generally, a complete list of a fund’s portfolio holdings is published on the fund’s website www.schwabfunds.com on the “Prospectus & Reports” tab under “Portfolio Holdings” generally 60-80 days after a fund’s fiscal quarter-end in-line with regulatory filings unless a different timing is outlined in the fund’s prospectus.
Specifically for the Schwab ETFs, each Schwab ETF discloses its portfolio holdings and the percentages the holdings represent of the fund’s net assets at least monthly on the website and as often as each day the fund is open for business. Portfolio holdings information made available in connection with the process of purchasing or redeeming Creation Units for the Schwab ETFs may be provided to other entities that provided services to the funds in the ordinary course of business after it has been disseminated to the NSCC.
The Schwab Money Funds have an ongoing arrangement to make available information about the funds’ portfolio holdings and information derived from the funds’ portfolio holdings to iMoneyNet, a rating and ranking organization, which is subject to a confidentiality agreement. Under its arrangement with the funds, iMoneyNet, among other things, receives information concerning the funds’ net assets, yields, maturities and portfolio compositions on a weekly basis, subject to a one business day lag.
On the website, the funds also may provide, on a monthly or quarterly basis, information regarding certain attributes of a fund’s portfolio, such as a fund’s top ten holdings, sector weightings, composition, credit quality and duration and maturity, as applicable. This information is generally updated within 5-25 days after the end of the period. This information on the website is publicly available to all categories of persons.
The funds may disclose non-material information including commentary and aggregate information about the characteristics of a fund in connection with or relating to a fund or its portfolio securities to any person if such disclosure is for a legitimate business purpose, such disclosure does not effectively result in the disclosure of the complete portfolio securities of any fund (which can only be disclosed in accordance with the above requirements), and such information does not constitute material non-public information. Such disclosure does not fall within the portfolio securities disclosure requirements outlined above.
Whether the information constitutes material non-public information will be made on a good faith determination, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. In most cases, commentary or analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient in making a decision concerning a fund. Commentary and analysis include, but are not limited to, the allocation of a fund’s portfolio securities and other investments among various asset classes, sectors, industries, countries or other relevant category, the characteristics of the stock components and other investments of a fund, the attribution of fund returns by asset class, sector, industry, country or other relevant category, and the volatility characteristics of a fund.
Purchase And Redemption Of Shares
The fund is open each day that the NYSE is open. The NYSE’s trading session is normally conducted from 9:30 a.m. until 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday, although some days, such as in advance of and following holidays, the NYSE’s trading session closes early. The NYSE typically observes the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Although it is expected that the same holidays will be observed in the future, the NYSE may modify its holiday schedule or hours of operation at any time. Orders that are received in good order by the fund’s transfer agent no later than the time specified by the Trust will be executed that day at the fund’s share price calculated that day. On any day that the NYSE closes early, the fund reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase, redemption and exchange orders must be received by the fund’s transfer agent that day in order to be executed that day at that day’s share price. The Trust has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act pursuant to which the Trust is obligated to redeem shares solely in cash for any shareholder during any 90-day period up to the lesser of (i) $250,000 or (ii) 1% of the total net asset value of the Trust at the beginning of such period. The procedures for redeeming shares of the fund are described in the Prospectus. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
As described in the Prospectus, the Trust reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject purchase orders for shares of the fund. As a general matter, the Trust expects that it will not accept purchase orders when the purchase price is to be paid by cash (in the form of actual currency), third party checks, checks payable in foreign currency, credit card convenience checks or traveler’s checks.
The fund has authorized one or more brokers to accept on its behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers have also been authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the fund’s behalf. The fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives such order. Such orders will be priced at the fund’s net asset value per share next determined after such orders are received by an authorized broker or the broker’s authorized designee.
36

 

Exchanging Shares of the Fund
Methods to purchase and redeem shares of the fund are set forth in the fund’s prospectus. An exchange order involves the redemption of all or a portion of the shares of one Laudus Fund and the simultaneous purchase of shares of another Laudus Fund or Schwab Fund. Exchange orders must meet the minimum investment and any other requirements of the fund or class purchased. Exchange orders may not be executed between shares of Sweep Investments and shares of non-Sweep Investments. Shares of Sweep Investments may be bought and sold automatically pursuant to the terms and conditions of your Schwab account agreement. In addition, different exchange policies may apply to Schwab Funds or Laudus Funds that are bought and sold through third-party intermediaries and the exchange privilege between Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds may not be available through third-party intermediaries.
The fund and Schwab reserve certain rights with regard to exchanging shares of the fund. These rights include the right to: (i) refuse any purchase or exchange order that may negatively impact the fund’s operations; (ii) refuse orders that appear to be associated with short-term trading activities; and (iii) materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.
Pricing of Shares
Each business day, the fund calculates its share price, or net asset value per share (NAV), as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time). This means that NAVs are calculated using the values of the fund’s portfolio securities as of the close of the NYSE. Such values are required to be determined in one of two ways: securities for which market quotations are readily available are required to be valued at current market value; and securities for which market quotations are not readily available or that the investment adviser deems to be unreliable are required to be valued at fair value using procedures approved by the Board. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
The fund uses approved pricing sources to provide values for its portfolio securities. Current market values are generally determined by the approved pricing sources as follows: securities traded on stock exchanges, excluding the NASDAQ National Market System, are valued at the last-quoted sales price on the exchange on which such securities are primarily traded (closing values), or, lacking any sales, at the mean between the bid and ask prices; securities traded in the over-the-counter market are generally valued at an evaluated price using a mid-price supplied by an approved, independent pricing service. The mid-price is the mean of the bid and ask prices as calculated by the pricing service. Securities listed on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued in accordance with the NASDAQ Official Closing Price. In addition, securities that are primarily traded on foreign exchanges are generally valued at the official closing price or last sales price on the exchange where the securities are primarily traded with these values then translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate. Fixed-income securities normally are valued based on valuations provided by approved pricing sources. Securities may be fair valued pursuant to procedures approved by the fund’s Board when approved pricing sources do not provide a value for a security, a furnished price appears manifestly incorrect or events occur prior to the close of the NYSE that materially affect the furnished price. The Board regularly reviews fair value determinations made pursuant to the procedures.
Taxation
This discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code (Internal Revenue Code) and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.
Income, Dividends, Distributions and Tax Status
The tax status of the fund and the distributions which it may make are summarized in the Prospectus under the headings “Distributions” and “Taxes.” The fund intends to qualify each year as a RIC under the Internal Revenue Code. In order to qualify as a RIC and to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders, the fund must, among other requirements: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership; (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the value of its total assets consists of cash, cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs or other securities limited generally with respect to any one issuer to a value not more than 5% of the value of the total assets of the fund and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, of two or more issuers of which the fund owns at least 20% of the voting power of each issuer and that are engaged in the same, similar, or related businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships; and (c) distribute as dividends with respect to each taxable year an amount at least equal to 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (generally, net investment income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses), without regard to the deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its net tax-exempt income for such year. To the extent the fund qualifies for treatment as a RIC, the fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income paid to its shareholders in the form of dividends or capital gain distributions.
37

 

If the fund fails to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment in any taxable year, the fund will be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Subject to certain limitations, such distributions should qualify for the dividends received deduction for corporate shareholders and for the lower tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income for individual shareholders. In addition, the fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment.
In order to avoid an excise tax imposed on certain underdistributed amounts, the fund must distribute in each calendar year (without regard to the fund’s fiscal year end) an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of the fund’s ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections), (ii) 98.2% of the fund’s capital gain net income, if any, realized in the one-year period ending on October 31 (or later if the fund is permitted and so elects), and (iii) 100% of any undistributed income from prior years. A dividend paid to shareholders by the fund in January of a year is generally deemed to have been paid by the fund on December 31 of the preceding year, if the dividend was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November or December of that preceding year.
For federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. Distributions of capital gains are generally taxed based upon how long the fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares. Distributions of net capital gains from the sale of investments that the fund owned for more than one year and that are properly reported by the fund as capital gain dividends will be taxable as long-term capital gains. Distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. The dividends-received deduction for corporations will generally be available to corporate shareholders with respect to their receipt of the fund’s dividends from investment income to the extent derived from dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations, provided the fund and the shareholder each meet the relevant holding period requirements.
Distributions of investment income reported by the fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. In order for some portion of the dividends received by fund shareholder to be qualified dividend income, the fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the fund’s shares. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States), or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company.
If the aggregate qualified dividends received by the fund during any taxable year are 95% or more of its gross income, then 100% of the fund’s dividends (other than properly reported capital gain dividends) will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income. For this purpose, the only gain included in the term “gross income” is the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss. In general, distributions of investment income reported by the fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income by a shareholder taxed as an individual provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the fund’s shares.
Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from income or gains earned by the fund before a shareholder’s investment (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid). Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or in the form of additional shares of the fund to which the distribution relates. Any gain resulting from the sale or exchange of fund shares generally will be taxable as capital gains.
The maximum individual rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” and long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20% (depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts).
Gain or loss on the sale or redemption of shares in the fund is measured by the difference between the amount received and the adjusted tax basis of the shares. Shareholders should keep records of investments made (including shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends and distribution) so they can compute the tax basis of their shares.
A loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the fund may be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a sixty-one (61) day period beginning thirty (30) days before and ending thirty (30) days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired must be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of shares held for six (6) months or less is treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividend received by the shareholders.
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the
38

 

extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.
Dividends and distributions on the fund’s shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the fund’s net asset value reflects gains that are either unrealized, or realized but not distributed.
Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, salary deferral arrangements, 401(k)s, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (UBTI). Under current law, the fund generally serves to block UBTI from being realized by their tax-exempt shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of their investments in a fund where, for example, (i) the fund invests in residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs); (ii) the fund invests in a REIT which qualifies as a taxable mortgage pool under the Internal Revenue Code or has a qualified REIT subsidiary that qualifies as a taxable mortgage pool under the Internal Revenue Code; or (iii) shares in the fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules associated with such investments, and should consult their tax advisors. There are no restrictions preventing the fund from holding investments in such REITs or REMICs, and the fund may do so. The Internal Revenue Service has issued guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding these issues.
For taxable years beginning after 2017 and before 2026, non-corporate taxpayers generally may deduct 20% of “qualified business income” derived either directly or through partnerships or S corporations. For this purpose, “qualified business income” generally includes ordinary REIT dividends and income derived from MLP investments. The fund is permitted to pass through to shareholders the character of ordinary REIT dividends so as to allow non-corporate shareholders to claim this deduction. There currently is no mechanism for the fund to pass through to non-corporate shareholders the character of income derived from MLP investments. It is uncertain whether future legislation or other guidance will enable the fund to pass through to non-corporate shareholders the ability to claim this deduction with respect to income derived from MLP investments.
Under current law, the fund is generally required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable dividends and other distributions paid to and proceeds of share sales, exchanges or redemptions made by any individual shareholder who fails to furnish the fund with a correct taxpayer identification number, who has underreported income in the past or fails to provide certain certifications. However, the general backup withholding rules set forth above will not apply to a shareholder so long as the shareholder furnishes the fund with the appropriate certification required by the Internal Revenue Service. The backup withholding tax rate currently is 24%.
Foreign shareholders generally are subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower tax treaty rate) on taxable distributions derived from net investment income and short-term capital gains; provided, however, that U.S. source interest related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally are not subject to U.S. withholding taxes if the fund elects to make reports with respect to such dividends. Distributions to foreign shareholders of such short-term capital gain dividends and long-term capital gains, and any gains from the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient is an individual who either (1) meets the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of “resident alien” or (2) is physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year. Different consequences may result if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may differ from those described above.
In order for a foreign investor to qualify for exemption from (or reduced rates for) withholding tax under income tax treaties, the foreign investor must comply with special certification and filing requirements. Foreign shareholders may also be subject to U.S. estate taxes with respect to shares in the fund. Foreign investors in the fund should consult their tax advisers in this regard. If the fund invests in certain REITs or in REMIC residual interests, a portion of the fund’s income may be classified as “excess inclusion income.” With respect to foreign shareholders, no exemption or reduction in withholding tax will apply to such excess inclusion income.
The fund will be required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the fund to enable the fund to determine whether withholding is required.
The fund may invest in non-U.S. corporations, which could be treated as a passive foreign investment company (PFIC) or become a PFIC under the Internal Revenue Code. This could result in adverse tax consequences upon the disposition of, or the receipt of “excess distributions” with respect to, such equity investments. To the extent the fund does invest in a PFIC, it may be eligible to elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” or mark-to-market its investments in PFICs annually. In either case, the fund may be required to distribute amounts in excess of realized income and gains. To the extent that the fund does invest in foreign securities which are determined to be PFIC securities and are required to pay a tax on such investments, a credit for this tax would not be allowed to be passed through to the fund’s shareholders. Therefore, the payment of this tax would reduce the fund’s economic return from its PFIC shares, and excess distributions received with respect to such shares are treated as ordinary income rather than capital gains.
39

 

Section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code contains special tax rules applicable to certain foreign currency transactions and instruments that may affect the amount, timing and character of income, gain or loss recognized by the fund. Under these rules, foreign exchange gain or loss realized by the fund with respect to foreign currencies and certain futures and options thereon, foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, foreign currency forward contracts, and foreign currency­ denominated payables and receivables will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss, although in some cases elections may be available that would alter this treatment. Foreign currency losses could result in distributions of ordinary income being reclassified as a return of capital for tax purposes.
The fund’s investments in foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes. In that case, the fund’s return on those securities would be decreased. If more than 50% of the fund’s assets at fiscal year-end is represented by debt and equity securities of foreign corporations, the fund intends to elect to permit shareholders who are U.S. citizens, resident aliens or U.S. corporations to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction (but not both) on their U.S. income tax returns for their pro rata portion of qualified taxes paid by the fund to foreign countries in respect of foreign securities the fund has held for at least the minimum period specified in the Internal Revenue Code. For the purposes of the foreign tax credit, each such shareholder would include in gross income from foreign sources its pro rata share of such taxes. Certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code may prevent shareholders from receiving a full foreign tax credit or deduction for their allocable amount of such taxes.
The fund’s securities lending activities may affect the amount, timing, and character of its dividends and distributions to shareholders. With respect to any security subject to a security loan, any amounts received by a fund in place of dividends earned on the security during the period that such security was not directly held by the fund may not give rise to dividends otherwise eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction or qualified dividend income. Moreover, withholding taxes accrued on any dividends during the period that such security was not directly held by a fund will not qualify as a foreign tax paid by the fund and, therefore, cannot be passed through to the fund’s shareholders even if the fund satisfied the requirements for such foreign tax pass-through treatment.
The fund’s transactions in options, futures contracts, hedging transactions, forward contracts, straddles and certain foreign currencies will be subject to special tax rules (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules), the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the fund, defer losses to the fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains and convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
The fund is required for federal income tax purposes to mark-to-market and recognize as income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on certain futures contracts as of the end of the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Except for contracts subject to ordinary income or loss treatment under Section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code, gain or loss from such futures and options contracts required to be marked to market will be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of distributions to shareholders. The fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, options contracts and swaps to the extent of any unrecognized gains on offsetting positions held by the fund. It is anticipated that any net gain realized from the closing out of futures or options contracts will be considered gain from the sale of securities and therefore will be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described above. The fund distributes to shareholders at least annually any net capital gains which have been recognized for federal income tax purposes, including unrealized gains at the end of the fund’s fiscal year on futures or options transactions subject to this marking to market requirement. Such distributions are combined with distributions of capital gains realized on the fund’s other investments and shareholders are advised on the nature of the distributions.
With respect to investments in zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities, certain structured securities, or other securities bearing original issue discount, each fund will be required to include as part of its current income the imputed interest on such obligations even if the fund has not received any interest payments on such securities during that period. Because the fund is required to annually distribute all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gains to its shareholders in order to avoid the imposition of fund-level taxation, the fund may have to sell fund securities to distribute such imputed income which may occur at a time when the adviser would not have chosen to sell such securities, and which may result in additional taxable gain or loss
Certain transactions effectively insulating the fund from substantially all risk of loss and all opportunity for gain in an appreciated financial position are treated as constructive sales of those positions for federal income tax purposes. Short sales, swap contracts, and forward or futures contracts to sell the appreciated position, or one or more other transactions that have substantially the same effect as those transactions as determined under regulations, are treated as “constructive sales” for this purpose. If the fund owns an appreciated financial position and enters into such a transaction it will generally recognize gain for tax purposes prior to the generation of cash by such activities, which may require the fund to sell assets to meet its distribution requirement.
Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC such as the fund is not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
40

 

Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the state and local tax rules affecting investments in the fund.
THE TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE IS A SUMMARY INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. EACH SHAREHOLDER IS ADVISED TO CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HIM OR HER OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUND, INCLUDING THE EFFECT AND APPLICABILITY OF STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN, AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS. THIS DISCUSSION IS NOT INTENDED, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED, TO BE A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING.
41

 

Appendix – Ratings Of Investment Securities
From time to time, the fund may report the percentage of its assets that fall into the rating categories set forth below, as defined by the ratings agencies.
MOODY’s INVESTORS SERVICE
Global Long-Term Rating Scale
Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Global Short-Term Rating Scale
P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
STANDARD & POOR’S FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
AAA: An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA: An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A: An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB: An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB: An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B: An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC: An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC: An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
C: An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.
D: An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such

 

  payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
A-1: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
FITCH, INC.
Long-Term Ratings Scales
AAA: ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA: ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A: ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB: ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
BB: ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.
B: ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
CCC: Default is a real possibility.
CC: Default of some kind appears probable.
C: A default or default-like process has begun, or the issuer is in standstill, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation;
c. the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange;
d. a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent.
RD: ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced:
a. an uncured payment default or distressed debt exchange on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation, but
b. has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and
c. has not otherwise ceased operating.
This would include:
i. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
ii. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;

 

iii. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel;
iv. ordinary execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
D: ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.
Short-Term Ratings
F1: Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2: Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3: The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
DBRS
Long Term Obligations Scale
AAA: Highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.
AA: Superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from AAA only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.
A: Good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than AA. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.
BBB: Adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.
BB: Speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.
B: Highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.
CCC/CC/C: Very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although CC and C ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the CCC to B range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the C category.
D: When the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to D may occur. DBRS may also use SD (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”. See Default Definition for more information.
Commercial Paper and Short-Term Debt Rating Scale
R-1 (high): Highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.
R-1 (middle): Superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from R-1 (high) by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.
R-1 (low): Good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.
R-2 (high): Upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.
R-2 (middle): Adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.
R-2 (low): Lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.
R-3: Lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

 

appendix – proxy voting policy
The Charles Schwab Family of Funds
Schwab Investments
Schwab Capital Trust
Schwab Annuity Portfolios
Laudus Trust
Schwab Strategic Trust

PROXY VOTING POLICY
AS OF MARCH, 2020

The Boards of Trustees (the “Board”) of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios (“Schwab Funds”), Laudus Trust (“Laudus Funds”) and Schwab Strategic Trust (“Schwab ETFs”; collectively with Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, the “Funds”) have delegated to the Funds’ investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”), the responsibility to vote proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities pursuant to CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy (“CSIM Proxy Policy”). On an annual basis, CSIM will report to the Board on any changes to the CSIM Proxy Policy and on the implementation of the CSIM Proxy Policy.

 

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.

PROXY VOTING POLICY
AS OF MARCH, 2020

I. INTRODUCTION
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”), as an investment adviser, is responsible for voting proxies with respect to the securities held in accounts of investment companies and other clients that have delegated the authority to vote proxies to CSIM. CSIM’s Proxy Committee exercises and documents CSIM’s responsibility with regard to voting of client proxies, including the review and approval of the Proxy Voting Policy (the “Proxy Policy”). The Proxy Committee is composed of CSIM personnel, including representatives from the Fund Administration, Portfolio Management, and Investment Research and Oversight departments, with input from other relevant departments. CSIM’s Investment Stewardship Team has the primary responsibility to oversee that voting is carried out consistent with the Proxy Policy. The Investment Stewardship Team also conducts research into proxy issues and carries out engagement activities with companies. The Proxy Committee receives reports from the Investment Stewardship Team on these activities.
To assist CSIM in its responsibility for voting proxies and the overall proxy voting process, CSIM has retained Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”) as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. The services provided by Glass Lewis include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and record keeping. CSIM has also retained Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. to conduct research on certain topics and may retain additional experts in the proxy voting and corporate governance area in the future.
The Proxy Committee has the ultimate responsibility for developing this Proxy Policy to determine how to vote the shares in a manner that seeks to maximize the long-term value of the company. However, portfolio managers to certain fundamentally managed separate account clients maintain full discretion to vote the shares held by these clients based on their analysis of the economic impact of the ballot items. Therefore, shares for these separate account clients may be voted differently from those voted solely under the guidance of the Investment Stewardship Team.
II. PHILOSOPHY
As a leading asset manager, it is CSIM’s responsibility to use its proxy votes to encourage transparency and corporate governance structures that it believes protect or promote shareholder value.
Just as the investors in CSIM’s equity funds generally have a long-term investment horizon, CSIM takes a long-term, measured approach to investment stewardship. CSIM’s client-first philosophy drives all of its efforts, including its approach to decision making. In the investment stewardship context, that unfolds through CSIM’s efforts to appropriately manage risk by encouraging transparency and focusing on those corporate governance structures that will help protect or promote shareholder value.
In general, CSIM believes corporate directors, as the elected representatives of all shareholders, are best positioned to oversee the management of their companies. Accordingly, CSIM typically supports a board of directors’ and management’s recommendations on proxy matters. However, CSIM does not follow these recommendations when it believes doing so would not be in the best interests of shareholders.
III. PROXY VOTING PRINCIPLES
CSIM invests on behalf of its clients in companies domiciled all over the world. Since corporate governance standards and best practices differ by country and jurisdiction, the market context is taken into account in the analysis of proposals. Furthermore, there are instances where CSIM may determine that voting is not in the best interests of its clients (typically due to costs or to trading restrictions) and will refrain from submitting votes.
The Proxy Committee reviews Glass Lewis’ proxy voting guidelines (“Glass Lewis’ Guidelines”) with input from the Investment Stewardship Team and evaluates them in light of the long-term best interests of shareholders. CSIM generally utilizes Glass Lewis’ Guidelines (which are posted on the Funds’ website) to vote. However, CSIM may create custom voting guidelines where its view does not align with Glass Lewis’ Guidelines. Further, the Proxy Committee may delegate voting decisions on


 

particular types of votes to CSIM’s Investment Stewardship Team, and CSIM’s Investment Stewardship Team may vote differently than Glass Lewis’ Guidelines suggest, to the extent they believe it is in the best interest of a client. Securities held in fundamentally managed separate accounts will generally be voted on a case-by-case basis by an appropriate portfolio manager for the account.
The following is a summary of CSIM’s proxy voting principles which are grouped according to types of proposals usually presented to shareholders in proxy statements.
A. DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS
i. Directors
As a starting point, CSIM expects the board to be composed of a majority of independent directors and to be responsive to shareholders. CSIM also expects directors that serve on a company’s nominating, compensation or audit committee to be independent. CSIM believes that diversity of background, experience and personal characteristics meaningfully contribute to a board’s ability to make effective decisions on behalf of shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote against one or more directors:
The board is not majority independent
The board does not have any female directors and has not provided a reasonable explanation for its lack of gender diversity
Non-independent directors serve on the nominating, compensation or audit committees
Director recently failed to attend at least 75% of meetings or serves on an excessive number of publically traded company boards
Directors approved executive compensation schemes that appear misaligned with shareholders’ interests
Director recently acted in a manner inconsistent with these Proxy Policies or failed to be responsive to concerns of shareholders
ii. Auditors
CSIM typically supports the ratification of auditors unless CSIM believes that the auditors’ independence may have been compromised.
Factors that may result in a vote against the ratification of auditors:
Audit-related fees are less than half of the total fees paid by the company to the audit firm
A recent material restatement of annual financial statements
A pattern of inaccurate audits or other behavior that may call into question an auditor’s effectiveness
B. BOARD MATTERS
i. Classified Boards
CSIM generally defers to management’s recommendation for classified board proposals unless CSIM has particular concerns regarding the board’s accountability or responsiveness to shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote supporting a shareholder proposal to de-classify a board:
The company did not implement a shareholder proposal that was passed by shareholders at two previous shareholder meetings
The company nominated directors for election that did not receive a majority of shareholder support at the previous shareholder meeting
The company had material financial statement restatements
The company’s board adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan (a defensive tactic used by a company’s board to fight a hostile takeover, commonly referred to as a Poison Pill) during the past year and did not submit it to shareholders for approval

2

 

ii. Majority Voting
CSIM generally supports majority voting proposals when they call for plurality voting standards in contested elections.
iii. Cumulative Voting
CSIM typically supports the concept of voting rights being proportional to shareholders’ economic stake in the company. Therefore, CSIM will generally not support cumulative voting proposals unless the company has a controlling shareholder or shareholder group and has plurality voting standards.
iv. Proxy Access
CSIM typically does not support proxy access proposals unless CSIM has particular concerns regarding the board’s accountability or responsiveness to shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote supporting proxy access:
The company did not implement a shareholder proposal that was passed by shareholders at two previous shareholder meetings
The company nominated directors for election that did not receive a majority of shareholder support at the previous shareholder meeting
The company had material financial statement restatements
The company’s board adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan during the past year and did not submit it to shareholders for approval
v. Independent Chair
CSIM believes that the board is typically best positioned to determine its leadership structure. Therefore, CSIM will typically not support proposals requiring an independent chair unless CSIM has concerns regarding the board’s accountability or responsiveness to shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote supporting a shareholder proposal requiring an independent chair:
The company did not implement a shareholder proposal that was passed by shareholders at two previous shareholder meetings
The company nominated directors for election that did not receive a majority of shareholder support at the previous shareholder meeting
The company had material financial statement restatements
The company’s board adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan during the past year and did not submit it to shareholders for approval
C. COMPENSATION
i. Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation and Frequency
CSIM generally supports advisory votes on executive compensation (which are proposed by management and are known as “Say-On-Pay”) when the compensation scheme appears aligned with shareholder economic interests and lacks problematic features.
Factors that may result in a vote against a company’s Say-On-Pay proposal:
Executive compensation is out of line with industry peers considering the company’s performance over time
Executive compensation plan includes significant guaranteed bonuses or has a low amount of compensation at risk
Executive compensation plan offers excessive perquisites, tax-gross up provisions, or golden parachutes
CSIM typically supports annual advisory votes on executive compensation.

3

 

ii. Equity Compensation Plans
CSIM generally supports stock-based compensation plans when they do not overly dilute shareholders by providing participants with excessive awards and lack problematic features.
Factors that may result in a vote against Equity Compensation Plans:
Plan’s total potential dilution appears excessive
Plan’s burn rate appears excessive compared to industry peers
Plan allows for the re-pricing of options without shareholder approval
Plan has an evergreen feature
iii. Employee Stock Purchase Plans
CSIM supports the concept of broad employee participation in a company’s equity. Therefore, CSIM typically supports employee stock purchase plans when the shares can be purchased at 85% or more of the shares’ market value.
iv. Re-price/Exchange Option Plans
CSIM generally only supports management’s proposals to re-price options when the plan excludes senior management and directors, does not excessively dilute shareholders, and the company has not significantly underperformed its industry peers over time.
D. ANTI-TAKEOVER
i. Shareholder Rights Plans
Shareholder Rights Plans constrain a potential acquirer’s ability to buy shares in a company above a certain threshold without the approval of the company’s board of directors. While such a plan may help a company in achieving a higher bid, it may also entrench the incumbent management and board. CSIM believes that shareholders should have the right to approve a Shareholder Rights Plan within a year of its adoption. CSIM generally votes against such plans if they do not have safeguards to protect shareholder interests.
Factors that may result in a vote against a Shareholder Rights Plan proposal:
Plan does not expire in a relatively short time horizon
Plan does not have a well-crafted permitted bid or qualified offer feature that mandates shareholder votes in certain situations
Plan automatically renews without shareholder approval
Company’s corporate governance profile
ii. Right to Call Special Meeting
CSIM generally votes against shareholder proposals asking for shareholders to be given the right to call a special meeting unless the threshold to call a special meeting is 25% or more of shares outstanding to avoid wasting corporate resources.
iii. Right to Act by Written Consent
CSIM generally votes against shareholder proposals asking for shareholders to be given the right to act by written consent if the company already offers shareholders the right to call special meetings. CSIM expects appropriate mechanisms for implementation.
iv. Supermajority Voting
CSIM generally supports the concept of simple majority standards to pass proposals.

4

 

E. CAPITAL STRUCTURE, MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS
i. Increase in Authorized Common Shares
CSIM typically supports proposals to increase the authorized shares unless the company does not sufficiently justify the need for the use of the proposed shares.
ii. Preferred Shares
CSIM generally supports proposals to create a class of preferred shares with specific voting, dividend, conversion and other rights.
iii. Mergers and Acquisitions
CSIM generally supports transactions that appear to maximize shareholder value. In assessing the proposals, CSIM considers the proposed transaction’s strategic rationale, the offer premium, the board’s oversight of the sales process, and other pertinent factors.
F. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL PROPOSALS
  Environmental and social shareholder proposals typically request companies to either change their business practices or enhance their disclosures. CSIM believes that, in most instances, the board is best positioned to determine a company’s strategy and manage its operations, and generally does not support shareholder proposals seeking a change in business practices. CSIM generally evaluates shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosures on relevant environmental and social issues based on a company’s current level of reporting, peer disclosures and the existence of controversies or litigation related to the issue.
i. Political Contribution Proposals
CSIM expects the board of directors to have an oversight process for political contributions and lobbying proposals. CSIM generally votes against political contribution shareholder proposals unless there is no evidence of board oversight.
IV. ADMINISTRATION
A. CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS
  CSIM maintains the following practices that seek to prevent undue influence on its proxy voting activity. Such influence might arise from any relationship between the company holding the proxy (or any shareholder or board member of the company) and CSIM, CSIM’s affiliates, a Fund or a Fund affiliate, or a CSIM employee.
  With respect to proxies of an underlying affiliated Fund, the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of such Fund (i.e., “echo vote”), unless otherwise required by law. When required by law or applicable exemptive order, the Proxy Committee will also “echo vote” proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund or exchange traded fund. For example, certain exemptive orders issued to the Funds by the Securities and Exchange Commission and Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, require the Funds, under certain circumstances, to “echo vote” proxies of registered investment companies that serve as underlying investments of the Funds.
  In addition, with respect to holdings of The Charles Schwab Corporation (“CSC”) (ticker symbol: SCHW), the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of CSC (i.e., “echo vote”), unless otherwise required by law.
  Where the Proxy Committee has delegated an item to the Investment Stewardship Team or a portfolio manager of a fundamentally managed separate account, CSIM has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts of interest, including, but not limited to, the following:
maintaining a reporting structure that separates employees with voting authority from those with sales or business relationship authority;

5

 

reporting of potential conflicts to the Proxy Committee to review the conflict and provide final vote determination;
defaulting to the standard CSIM Proxy Voting Guidelines.
In all other cases, proxy issues that present material conflicts of interest between CSIM, and/or any of its affiliates, and CSIM’s clients, will be delegated to Glass Lewis to be voted in accordance with CSIM’s Proxy Voting Guidelines which are set each year based on governance criteria and not influenced by any individual issuer or ballot item.
B. FOREIGN SECURITIES/SHAREBLOCKING
CSIM has arrangements with Glass Lewis for the execution of proxy votes. However, voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign securities may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost than voting proxies with respect to domestic securities due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Problems voting foreign proxies may include the following:
proxy statements and ballots written in a foreign language;
untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings;
restrictions of foreigner’s ability to exercise votes;
requirements to vote proxies in person;
requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate CSIM’s voting instructions.
In consideration of the foregoing issues, Glass Lewis uses its best efforts to vote foreign proxies. As part of its ongoing oversight, the Proxy Committee will monitor the voting of foreign proxies to determine whether all reasonable steps are taken to vote foreign proxies. If the Proxy Committee determines that the cost associated with the attempt to vote outweighs the potential benefits clients may derive from voting, the Proxy Committee may decide not to attempt to vote. In addition, certain foreign countries impose restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time before and/or after the shareholder meeting. To avoid these trading restrictions, the Proxy Committee instructs Glass Lewis not to vote such foreign proxies (share-blocking).
C. SECURITIES LENDING
Certain of the Funds enter into securities lending arrangements with lending agents to generate additional revenue for their portfolios. In securities lending arrangements, any voting rights that accompany the loaned securities generally pass to the borrower of the securities, but the lender retains the right to recall a security and may then exercise the security’s voting rights. In order to vote the proxies of securities out on loan, the securities must be recalled prior to the established record date. CSIM will use its best efforts to recall a Fund’s securities on loan where deemed appropriate and in the best interest of shareholders.
D. SUB-ADVISORY RELATIONSHIPS
Where CSIM has delegated day-to-day investment management responsibilities to an investment sub-adviser, CSIM may (but generally does not) delegate proxy voting responsibility to such investment sub-adviser. Each sub-adviser to whom proxy voting responsibility has been delegated will be required to review all proxy solicitation material and to exercise the voting rights associated with the securities it has been allocated in the best interest of each investment company and its shareholders, or other client. Prior to delegating the proxy voting responsibility, CSIM will review each sub-adviser’s proxy voting policy to determine whether it believes that each sub-adviser’s proxy voting policy is generally consistent with the maximization of the value of CSIM’s clients’ investments by protecting the long-term best interest of shareholders.
E. REPORTING AND RECORD RETENTION
CSIM will maintain, or cause Glass Lewis to maintain, records that identify the manner in which proxies have been voted (or not voted) on behalf of CSIM clients. CSIM will comply with all applicable rules and regulations regarding disclosure of its or its clients’ proxy voting records and procedures.

6

 

CSIM will retain all proxy voting materials and supporting documentation as required under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

7


Table of Contents
Laudus Trust
PEA No. 99
Part C: Other Information
ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.
(a) Third Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Registrant dated September 28, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(14) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed with the SEC on October 23, 2007 (referred to herein as PEA No. 60).
(b) Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant dated September 28, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (b)(2) of PEA No. 60.
(c) Reference is made to Article 5 of the Third Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Registrant.
(d)(i) Management Contract dated March 26, 2009 between the Registrant on behalf of its Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed with the SEC on October 26, 2009.
(d)(ii) Subadviser Agreement dated October 4, 2013 between Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (BlackRock) with regard to Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 84 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014.
(d)(iii) Amendment dated March 1, 2018 to Schedule B of the Subadviser Agreement dated October 4, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(ix) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed with the SEC on July 27, 2018 (referred to herein as PEA No. 95).
(e) Distribution Agreement dated June 1, 2018 between the Registrant and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(i) of PEA No. 95.
(f) Inapplicable.
(g)(i) Amended and Restated Master Custodian Agreement dated December 9, 2005 by and between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 56 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed with the SEC on April 14, 2006 (referred to herein as PEA No. 56).
(g)(ii) Amended Appendix A dated March 15, 2012 to the Amended and Restated Master Custodian Agreement dated December 9, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed with the SEC on July 25, 2012 (referred to herein as PEA No. 78).
(h)(i) Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated October 3, 2005 between the Registrant and Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (n/k/a DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc.), is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(1) of PEA No. 56.
(h)(ii) Amendment dated April 3, 2008 to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated October 3, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(2) of PEA No. 65.
(h)(iii) Second Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement dated July 31, 2019 between Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. and the Registrant is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(iii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 97 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed with the SEC on July 26, 2019 (referred to herein as PEA No. 97).
(h)(iv) Administration Agreement dated October 1, 2005 by and between State Street Bank and Trust Company and the Registrant is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(3) of PEA No. 56.
(h)(v) Amended Schedule A dated March 15, 2012 to the Administration Agreement dated October 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(6) of PEA No. 78.
(h)(vi) Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement dated October 1, 2005 between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(4) of PEA No. 56.
(h)(vii) Amendment dated March 15, 2012 to Appendix A of the Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement dated October 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(9) of PEA No 78.
(i) Opinion and Consent of Counsel is filed herein as Exhibit (i).
(j)(i) Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is filed herein as Exhibit (j)(i).
(j)(ii) Power of Attorney executed by Walter W. Bettinger, II, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(ii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed with the SEC on July 27, 2016 (referred to herein as PEA No. 90).
(j)(iii) Power of Attorney executed by Jonathan de St. Paer, dated April 1, 2019, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(iii) of PEA No. 97.
(j)(iv) Power of Attorney executed by Joseph R. Martinetto, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(iv) of PEA No. 90.

 

ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.
(j)(v) Power of Attorney executed by Robert W. Burns, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(v) of PEA No. 90.
(j)(vi) Power of Attorney executed by John F. Cogan, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(vi) of PEA No. 90.
(j)(vii) Power of Attorney executed by Stephen T. Kochis, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(vii) of PEA No. 90.
(j)(viii) Power of Attorney executed by David L. Mahoney, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(viii) of PEA No. 90.
(j)(ix) Power of Attorney executed by Kiran M. Patel, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(ix) of PEA No. 90.
(j)(x) Power of Attorney executed by Kimberly S. Patmore, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(x) of PEA No. 90.
(j)(xi) Power of Attorney executed by Nancy F. Heller, dated June 1, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(xi) of PEA No. 95.
(j)(xii) Power of Attorney executed by Gerald B. Smith, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(xii) of PEA No. 90.
(j)(xiii) Power of Attorney executed by Jane P. Moncreiff, dated January 28, 2019, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(xiii) of PEA No. 97.
(j)(xiv) Power of Attorney executed by Mark D. Fischer, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(xiv) of PEA No. 90.
(j)(xv) Registrant, Certified Resolution regarding Powers of Attorney, dated June 10, 2020 is filed herein as Exhibit (j)(xv).
(k) Inapplicable.
(l) Investment letter regarding initial capital is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed with the SEC on July 31, 2003.
(m) Inapplicable.
(n) Third Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Multi-Class Plan, dated July 29, 2020 is filed herein as Exhibit (n).
(o) Reserved.
(p)(i) Joint Code of Ethics for the Registrant, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. and Schwab, dated June 9, 2020, is filed herein as Exhibit (p)(i).
(p)(ii) Code of Ethics of BlackRock, investment subadviser to the Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund, dated April 30, 2020, is filed herein as Exhibit (p)(ii).
Item 29. Persons Controlled By Or Under Common Control With The Registrant.
The Board of Trustees of the Registrant is identical to the boards of trustees of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios. Each such trust has Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. as its investment adviser. In addition the officers of the Registrant are also identical to those of each such other trust, with the exception of the Chief Legal Officer and Secretary/Clerk. As a result, the above-named trusts may be deemed to be under common control with the Registrant. Nonetheless, the Registrant takes the position that it is not under common control with such other trusts because the power residing in the respective trusts’ boards and officers arises as a result of an official position with each such trust.
Item 30. Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification
Article VIII of the Registrant’s Third Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust reads as follows (referring to the Registrant as the “Trust”):
SECTION 1. TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, ETC. The Trust shall indemnify each of its Trustees and officers (including persons who serve at the Trust’s request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise) (hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person”) against all liabilities and expenses, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees reasonably incurred by any Covered Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or legislative body, in which such Covered Person may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Covered Person may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Covered Person except with respect to any matter as to which such Covered Person shall have been finally adjudicated in any such action, suit or other proceeding to be liable to the Trust or its

 

Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office. Expenses, including counsel fees so incurred by any such Covered Person (but excluding amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines or penalties), shall be paid from time to time by the Trust in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person to repay amounts so paid to the Trust if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under this Article, provided, however, that either (a) such Covered Person shall have provided appropriate security for such undertaking, (b) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising from any such advance payments or (c) either a majority of the disinterested Trustees acting on the matter (provided that a majority of the disinterested Trustees then in office act on the matter), or independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall have determined, based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial type inquiry) that there is reason to believe that such Covered Person will be found entitled to indemnification under this Article.
SECTION 2. COMPROMISE PAYMENT. As to any matter disposed of (whether by a compromise payment, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise) without an adjudication by a court, or by any other body before which the proceeding was brought, that such Covered Person is liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, indemnification shall be provided if (a) approved, after notice that it involves such indemnification, by at least a majority of the disinterested Trustees acting on the matter (provided that a majority of the disinterested Trustees then in office act on the matter) upon a determination, based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial type inquiry) that such Covered Person is not liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, or (b) there has been obtained an opinion in writing of independent legal counsel, based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial type inquiry) to the effect that such indemnification would not protect such Person against any liability to the Trust to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office. Any approval pursuant to this Section shall not prevent the recovery from any Covered Person of any amount paid to such Covered Person in accordance with this Section as indemnification if such Covered Person is subsequently adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office.
SECTION 3. INDEMNIFICATION NOT EXCLUSIVE. The right of indemnification hereby provided shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which such Covered Person may be entitled. As used in this Article VIII, the term “Covered Person” shall include such person’s heirs, executors and administrators and a “disinterested Trustee” is a Trustee who is not an “interested person” of the Trust as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (or who has been exempted from being an “interested person” by any rule, regulation or order of the Commission) and against whom none of such actions, suits or other proceedings or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending. Nothing contained in this Article shall affect any rights to indemnification to which personnel of the Trust, other than Trustees or officers, and other persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law, nor the power of the Trust to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of any such person; provided, however, that the Trust shall not purchase or maintain any such liability insurance in contravention of applicable law, including without limitation the 1940 Act.
SECTION 4. SHAREHOLDERS. In case any Shareholder or former Shareholder shall be held to be personally liable solely by reason of his or her being or having been a Shareholder and not because of his or her acts or omissions or for some other reason, the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or his or her heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives or in the case of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or other general successor) shall be entitled to be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability, but only out of the assets of the particular series of Shares of which he or she is or was a Shareholder.”
(b) Summary of Indemnification Provisions
The Trust shall indemnify each of its Trustees and officers against all liabilities, expenses and counsel fees reasonably incurred in the defense or disposition of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Trustee or officer is involved because of his or her role as a Trustee or officer unless, in the final adjudication of that action, suit or proceeding, the Trustee or officer was found to have acted with willful malfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. This right of indemnification is not exclusive.
(c) Insurance
The Registrant maintains comprehensive Errors and Omissions/Directors and Officers insurance policies for each of its trustees and officers. The policy provides coverage for the trustees and officers with respect to the Registrant, The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios (“Schwab and Laudus Funds”). The Registrant’s policies insure each trustee and officer against professional liability for decisions made in connection with the Trust, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. In addition, the Independent Trustees have additional coverage through independent directors’ liability policies with respect to the Schwab and Laudus Funds. The premiums for such policies are allocated among the insureds in accordance with Rule 17d-1 of the 1940 Act.
Item 31. Business And Other Connections Of Investment Adviser.
Registrant’s investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation, organized in October 1989, also serves as the investment manager to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Schwab Strategic Trust, each an open-end management investment company. The principal place of business of the investment adviser is 211

 

Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105. The only business in which the investment adviser engages is that of investment adviser and administrator to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Schwab Strategic Trust, investment adviser of Laudus Trust and any other investment companies that Schwab may sponsor in the future, and an investment adviser to certain non-investment company clients.
The business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each director and/or senior or executive officer of the investment adviser (CSIM) is or has been engaged during the past two fiscal years is listed below. The name of any company for which any director and/or senior or executive officer of the investment adviser serves as director, officer, employee, partner or trustee is also listed below.
Name and Position with Adviser Name of Other Company Capacity
Walter W. Bettinger, II, Director The Charles Schwab Corporation Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Americano Acquisition Corp. Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Schwab Holdings, Inc. Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Schwab International Holdings, Inc. President and Chief Executive Officer
Charles Schwab Bank, SSB Director
Charles Schwab Premier Bank, SSB Director
Charles Schwab Trust Bank Director
Schwab (SIS) Holdings, Inc. I President and Chief Executive Officer
Schwab Funds Chairman and Trustee
Laudus Funds Chairman and Trustee
Schwab ETFs Chairman and Trustee
Peter B. Crawford, Director The Charles Schwab Corporation Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Americano Acquisition Corp. Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Schwab Holdings, Inc. Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Charles Schwab Global Holdings, Inc. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Schwab International Holdings, Inc. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Performance Technologies, Inc. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Schwab (SIS) Holdings, Inc. I Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Schwab Technology Holdings, Inc. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Richard A. Wurster, Chief Executive Officer The Charles Schwab Corporation Executive Vice President – Schwab Asset Management Solutions
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Executive Vice President – Schwab Asset Management Solutions
Charles Schwab Investment Advisory, Inc. Director, Chief Executive Officer and President

 

Name and Position with Adviser Name of Other Company Capacity
Jonathan de St. Paer, Director and President Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Senior Vice President
Schwab Funds Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
Laudus Funds Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
Schwab ETFs Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds, plc Director
Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited Director
Charles Schwab Investment Advisory, Inc. Senior Vice President
Omar Aguilar, Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer Schwab Funds Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies
Laudus Funds Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies
Schwab ETFs Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies
Brett Wander, Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer Schwab Funds Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income
Laudus Funds Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income
Schwab ETFs Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income
William P. McMahon, Jr., Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer None None
David Lekich, Senior Vice President and Chief Counsel Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Senior Vice President
Schwab Funds Secretary and Chief Legal Officer
Laudus Funds Vice President and Assistant Clerk
Schwab ETFs Secretary and Chief Legal Officer
Michael Hogan, Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer Schwab Funds Chief Compliance Officer
Schwab ETFs Chief Compliance Officer
Laudus Funds Chief Compliance Officer
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer – IIMS Compliance
Bryan L. Olson, Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer Charles Schwab Investment Advisory, Inc. Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Mark D. Fischer, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Schwab Funds Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Laudus Funds Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Schwab ETFs Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BlackRock”) provides investment advisory services consisting of portfolio management for a variety of individuals and institutions, as well as to Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund. With respect to BlackRock, the response to this Item will be incorporated by reference to BlackRock’s Uniform Application for Investment Adviser Registration (“Form ADV”) on file with the SEC. BlackRock’s Form ADV may be obtained, free of charge, at the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov.
Item 32. Principal Underwriters.
(a) Schwab acts as principal underwriter and distributor of Registrant’s shares. Schwab also acts as principal underwriter for The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios and may act as such for any other investment company which Schwab may sponsor in the future.

 

(b) Information with respect to Schwab’s directors and officers is as follows:
Name Position and Offices with the Underwriter Position and Offices with the Registrant
Walter W. Bettinger II President, Chief Executive Officer and Director Chairman and Trustee
Steven H. Anderson Executive Vice President None
Catherine M. Casey Executive Vice President, Human Resources None
Jason C. Clague Executive Vice President, Operational Services None
Bernard J. Clark Executive Vice President, Advisor Services None
Jonathan M. Craig Senior Executive Vice President None
Peter B. Crawford Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director None
Catherine Golladay Executive Vice President, Retirement Plan Services None
Neesha K. Hathi Executive Vice President and Chief Digital Officer None
Timothy C. Heier Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer None
Dennis W. Howard Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer None
Lisa Kidd Hunt Executive Vice President, International Services and Business Initiatives None
Mitch Mantua Executive Vice President, Internal Audit None
Joseph R. Martinetto Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director Trustee
Peter J. Morgan III Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary None
Nigel J. Murtagh Executive Vice President, Corporate Risk None
Richard A. Wurster Executive Vice President, Schwab Asset Management Solutions None
The principal business address of all directors and officers of Schwab is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105.
(c) None.
Item 33. Location Of Accounts And Records.
All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained pursuant to Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, as amended, and the Rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of: Registrant and Registrant’s investment adviser and administrator, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105; Registrant’s principal underwriter, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105; Registrant’s custodian and fund accountant, State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111; Registrant’s transfer agent, DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169; and Registrant’s sub-adviser: BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.
Item 34. Management Services.
None.
Item 35. Undertakings.
Not applicable.


Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for the effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the 1933 Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of Washington in the District of Columbia, on the 29th day of July, 2020.
LAUDUS TRUST
Registrant
 
Jonathan de St. Paer*
Jonathan de St. Paer, President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated this 29th day of July, 2020.
Signature   Title
Walter W. Bettinger II*

Walter W. Bettinger II
  Chairman and Trustee
Jonathan de St. Paer*

Jonathan de St. Paer
  Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
Joseph R. Martinetto*

Joseph R. Martinetto
  Trustee
Robert W. Burns*

Robert W. Burns
  Trustee
John F. Cogan*

John F. Cogan
  Trustee
Nancy F. Heller*

Nancy F. Heller
  Trustee
Stephen Timothy Kochis*

Stephen Timothy Kochis
  Trustee
David L. Mahoney*

David L. Mahoney
  Trustee
Jane P. Moncreiff*

Jane P. Moncreiff
  Trustee
Kiran M. Patel*

Kiran M. Patel
  Trustee
Kimberly S. Patmore*

Kimberly S. Patmore
  Trustee
Gerald B. Smith*

Gerald B. Smith
  Trustee
Mark D. Fischer*

Mark D. Fischer
  Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
*By: /s/ Douglas P. Dick

Douglas P. Dick, Attorney-in-Fact
Pursuant to Power of Attorney
LOGO    

1900 K Street, NW

Washington, DC 20006

+1 202 261 3300 Main

+1 202 261 3333 Fax

www.dechert.com

 

 

 

July 28, 2020

 

Laudus Trust

211 Main Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

 

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel for Laudus Trust (the “Trust”), a trust duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, in connection with Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A, together with all Exhibits thereto (the “Registration Statement”), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), and Amendment No. 102 to the Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. We have examined such governmental and corporate certificates and records as we deemed necessary to render this opinion and we are familiar with the Trust’s Third Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust and its Amended and Restated By-Laws, each as amended to date.

 

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the shares proposed to be sold pursuant to the Registration Statement, when paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement, will be legally and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and to the use of our name in the Trust’s Registration Statement to be dated on or about July 29, 2020 and in any revised or amended versions thereof. In giving such consent, however, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Dechert LLP

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Laudus Trust of our report dated May 18, 2020, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights, which appear in Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund’s Annual Report on Form N-CSR for the year ended March 31, 2020. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Financial Highlights” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Francisco, California

July 22, 2020

ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S/ASSISTANT CLERK’S CERTIFICATE

I, Alexandra Riedel, solely in my capacity as Assistant Secretary of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, each a Massachusetts business trust; Assistant Secretary of Schwab Strategic Trust, a Delaware statutory trust; and Assistant Clerk of Laudus Trust, a Massachusetts business trust (each a “Trust” and collectively, the “Trusts”), hereby certify on behalf of the Trusts, pursuant to Rule 483(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, that the following resolution was unanimously approved at the meeting of the Board of Trustees of the Trusts held on June 9, 2020:

RESOLVED, that the Trustees hereby approve and authorize the use of the Powers of Attorney executed by the Trustees and certain officers of the Trusts appointing David Lekich, Catherine MacGregor, Robin Nesbitt, Douglas P. Dick, Jeremy I. Senderowicz and Stephen T. Cohen as attorneys-in-fact for the purpose of signing and filing on behalf of the Trusts their registration statements and any amendments thereto under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940 with the SEC, and the attorneys in-fact are hereby authorized to act in accordance with such Powers of Attorney for the purposes described in the Powers of Attorney.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto subscribe my name this 10th day of June, 2020.

 

  

/s/ Alexandra Riedel

  
  

Alexandra Riedel

Assistant Secretary/Assistant Clerk

  

LAUDUS TRUST

Third Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Multiple Class Plan

Effective July 29, 2020

Laudus Trust (the “Trust”), a registered investment company that consists of a number of separately managed funds, has elected to rely on Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), in offering multiple classes of shares in each fund listed on Schedules attached hereto (each a “Fund” and together the “Funds”).

 

A.

Attributes of Share Classes

1.        The rights of each class of shares of the Funds shall be as set forth in the respective Certificate of Class Designation for each class (each a “Certificate”) as each such Certificate is attached as Exhibits hereto.

2.        With respect to each class of shares created hereunder, each share of a Fund will represent an equal pro rata interest in the Fund and will have identical terms and conditions, except that: (i) each new class will have a different class name (or other designation) that identifies the class as separate from any other class; (ii) each class will be offered and sold only to investors meeting the qualifications set forth in the Certificate and disclosed in the Trust’s prospectus(es); (iii) each class will separately bear any distribution fees that are payable in connection with a distribution plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (a “Distribution Plan”), and separately bear any service fees (“service fees”) that are payable under any service agreement entered into with respect to that class which are not contemplated by or within the scope of the Distribution Plan; (iv) each class may bear, consistent with rulings and other published statements of position by the Internal Revenue Service, the expenses of the Fund’s operations which are directly attributable to such class (“Class Expenses”); and (v) shareholders of each class will have exclusive voting rights regarding any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to such class (such as a Distribution Plan or service agreement relating to such class), and will have separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of that class differ from the interests of any other class.

 

B.

Expense Allocations

1.        With respect to each Fund, the expenses of each class shall be allocated as follows: (i) any Rule 12b-1 fees relating to a particular class of shares associated with a Distribution Plan or service fees relating to a particular class of shares are (or will be) borne exclusively by that class; (ii) any and all other expenses relating to a particular class that are actually incurred in a different amount by that class (excluding economies of scale discounts) or for which that class receives services of a different kind or to a different degree than other classes are considered “class-specific” expenses and are (or will be) borne exclusively by that class.

2.        Expenses that are not incurred in different amounts by class and for which share classes do not receive services of a different kind or to a different degree than other classes are

 

1


considered “non-class specific” expenses and shall be allocated in accordance with Rule 18f-3(c).

 

C.

Amendment of Plan

1.        This Plan must be amended, as necessary, to properly describe (through additional Exhibits and Certificates hereto) any new class of shares approved by the Board.

2.        The Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust as defined in the 1940 Act, must approve any material amendment of the Plan as it relates to any class covered by the Plan. In approving any material amendment to the Plan, the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, must find that the amendment is in the best interests of each class individually and the Trust as a whole.

 

2


SCHEDULE A

to

LAUDUS TRUST

Third Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Multiple Class Plan

dated July 29, 2020

Laudus Funds

 

FUND   Shares Class
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund   X

 

A-1


Exhibit A.1

LAUDUS FUNDS

CERTIFICATE OF CLASS DESIGNATION

Shares Class

1.           Class-Specific Distribution Arrangements, Other Expenses

Shares Class Shares are sold without a load or sales charge and are not subject to a Rule 12b-1 fee. The Trust has not adopted a distribution and/or shareholder service plan with respect to the Shares Class Shares of the Laudus Funds.

With respect to Shares Class Shares of the Laudus Funds, the Trust is permitted to reimburse, out of the Share Class Assets of each Laudus Fund, financial intermediaries that provide sub-accounting and sub-transfer agency services in connection with Shares Class Shares of the Laudus Funds an amount up to 0.10% on an annual basis of the average daily net assets of that class, as described in the prospectus.

2.           Eligibility of Purchasers

Shares Class Shares are available individuals and institutions and require a minimum initial investment (as described in the prospectus).

3.           Voting Rights

Each Shares Class shareholder will have one vote for each full Shares Class Share held and a fractional vote for each fractional Shares Class Share held. Shares Class shareholders will have: (i) exclusive voting rights regarding any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to the Shares Class Shares (such as a distribution plan or service agreement relating to the Shares Class Shares); (ii) separate voting rights on any other matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of the Shares Class shareholders differ from the interests of holders of any other class; and (iii) in all other respects the same rights and obligations as any other class.

4.           Conversion Features

Upon request to the Trust, Shares Class shareholder may convert Shares Class Shares to shares of another Class of the Fund, if another Class of shares is available for investment and provided such shareholder meets the eligibility requirements of the Class into which such shareholder seeks to have his/her/its shares converted.

In the event a shareholder no longer meets the eligibility requirements for investment in the Shares Class Shares, the Fund may convert the shareholder into a Class of shares for which such shareholder does meet the eligibility requirements. Any such conversion will be preceded by written notice to the shareholder, and will occur at the

 

A-2


respective net asset values of the Classes without imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge. If the shareholder meets the eligibility requirements for more than one other Class, then such shareholder’s Shares Class Shares will be converted into shares of the Class having the lowest total operating expenses for which such shareholder meets the eligibility requirements.

If an investor in any Class of shares no longer meets the eligibility requirements, the Fund may cash out the investor’s remaining account balance. Any such cash out will be preceded by written notice to the investor and will be subject to the Fund’s normal redemption fees, if any.

To the extent permitted by law and the extent permitted by the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, the Trust may combine the Classes of any Fund provided that such combination will occur at the respective net asset values of the Classes without imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge.

5.           Exchange Privileges

Upon request to the Trust, shareholders may exchange Shares Class Shares of a Laudus Fund for shares of any series of the Trust or of Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, provided such shareholder meets the eligibility requirements of the series or class into which such shareholder seeks to have his/her/its Shares Class Shares exchanged.

6.           Limitation on Conversion and Exchange Rights

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Class Designation, conversion and exchange rights may not be available with respect to shares purchased through a financial intermediary who has made arrangements with the Trust or the principal underwriter for a Fund to make available for investment only certain classes of shares or shares of certain Funds.

 

A-3

J.II.1.B.

 

    

THE CHARLES SCHWAB FAMILY OF FUNDS

SCHWAB INVESTMENTS

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST

SCHWAB ANNUITY PORTFOLIOS

SCHWAB STRATEGIC TRUST

LAUDUS TRUST

CHARLES SCHWAB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO., INC.

JOINT CODE OF ETHICS

PERSONAL TRADING POLICY

Effective February 24, 2020

 

 

Capitalized terms used in the Code are defined, when practicable, within the related text. Otherwise such terms are defined in the attached Appendix A.

 

 

 

1


J.II.1.B.

 

INTRODUCTION

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”) and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (“CS&Co.”), in its capacity as principal underwriter for certain funds, have a fiduciary duty to the Funds and advisory clients (“Clients”). The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios (the “Schwab Funds”), Laudus Trust (the “Laudus Funds”) and Schwab Strategic Trust (the “Schwab ETFs,” and together with Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, the “Funds”) have a fiduciary duty to their shareholders. To assist in meeting these fiduciary duties, CSIM, CS&Co. and the Funds expect every person subject to this Joint Code of Ethics to demonstrate the highest standards of ethical conduct in such a manner as to (i) avoid serving their own personal interest ahead of clients, (ii) avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position with CS&Co., CSIM or the Funds, and (iii) avoid and, where appropriate, mitigate any actual or potential conflicts of interests or any abuse of their position of trust and responsibility.

To this end, CSIM, CS&Co. and the Funds have adopted this Joint Code of Ethics (the “Code”) which sets the minimum standards of conduct applicable to all of CSIM’s directors, officers and employees, officers and trustees of the Funds, and certain CS&Co. persons and other individuals as designated by the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) or his/her delegate (“Access Persons”).

The Code is designed to help Access Persons avoid potential conflicts that may arise from their actions and their personal investments and preclude activities which may lead to or give the appearance of conflicts of interest, insider trading and other forms of prohibited or unethical business conduct.

In addition to the requirements of this Code, all CSIM and CS&Co. employees are also responsible for knowing and complying with The Charles Schwab Corporation’s Compliance Manual, The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and applicable policies and procedures related to individual roles and responsibilities. Access Persons who are also CS&Co. employees are required to comply with the Broker-Dealer Compliance Manual as well.

The Code does not and cannot identify all possible conflicts of interest that you might encounter. Rather, you have an on-going responsibility to identify any areas where personal activities may conflict with Clients’ interests and to operate in a manner that mitigates both actual and perceived conflicts. You must at all times act in accordance with both the letter and the spirit of applicable laws, rules and regulations.

If you violate this Code or associated policies and procedures, CSIM, the Funds and/or CS&Co. may impose disciplinary action against you which may include

 

 

 

2


J.II.1.B.

 

notification to your supervisor, disgorgement of profits and possibly suspension and/or termination.

If you have any questions concerning a proposed course of action that may present a conflict of interest, you should contact your supervisor for guidance. Supervisors who have questions about how to proceed should contact the CCO or his/her delegate for guidance.

MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

You have an obligation to safeguard material non-public information (“MNPI”) regarding CSIM and its Clients, including the Funds. The Charles Schwab Corporation’s Compliance Manual has policies and procedures that establish minimum requirements that all employees are required to follow when in possession of MNPI about any issuer. In addition, when you are in possession of confidential information about CSIM and/or its Clients, you are prohibited from sharing such information with anyone, other than those who have a business need to know, and from using such information for personal gain.

Specifically, you are prohibited from:

 

   

Disclosing current portfolio transactions that portfolio managers and traders have made or potential portfolio transactions that are being contemplated on behalf of Clients or any other non-public information to anyone outside of CSIM, except as required to effect securities transactions on behalf of a Client.

 

   

Trading on the basis of the Funds’ MNPI: the following types of information have, under certain circumstances, been determined to be MNPI in the mutual fund context (if not yet publicly disclosed):

 

     i.

Holdings and transaction information.

 

    ii.

The portfolio manager’s investment decisions.

 

   iii.

Performance analysis.

 

   iv.

Subscription and redemption activity.

 

    v.

Dividend activity.

 

   vi.

Decisions to hire or fire an adviser/sub-adviser or invest or divest in a proprietary or third-party mutual fund or ETF.

 

  vii.

Material sub-adviser due diligence information.

 

 

 

3


J.II.1.B.

 

  viii.

Change of portfolio manager.

 

   

Using knowledge of portfolio transactions that portfolio managers and traders have made or potential portfolio transactions that are being contemplated on behalf of Clients to personally profit, or cause others to profit, by the market effect of such transactions. Anytime you are in possession of MNPI, you are prohibited from transacting in such transactions, regardless of having received pre-clearance approval (as discussed below).

 

   

Engaging in deceptive conduct in connection with the purchase or sale of portfolio transactions for Client accounts, including without limitation:

 

    i.

Employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any Client.

 

   ii.

Making any untrue statement of a material fact to any Client or misleading any Client by omitting to state a material fact.

 

  iii.

Engaging in any act, practice or course of business that would defraud or deceive any Client.

 

  iv.

Engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to any Client.

 

   v.

Investing in derivatives or similar instruments to evade the restrictions of this Code.

 

   

In addition to the above, employees may receive MNPI concerning certain issuers, underwriters or from representatives of issuers or underwriters during their normal course of employment. Such information may include information that has not been publically disseminated such as potential transactions, financing and capital requests, future rating actions and certain information about the issuer or its securities. Any employee who suspects they are in receipt of MNPI should limit their communications with others regarding such MNPI and immediately contact the Compliance department.

 

   

Notes on guidance from research and meetings with company management, as well as proposed material changes to Schwab research ratings, before the information or change is public should be treated as MNPI.

These requirements may be supplemented from time to time by additional policies and procedures. It is your responsibility to be familiar with and to comply with all such policies and procedures.

 

 

 

4


J.II.1.B.

 

PERSONAL TRADING

I.     Introduction

This section of the Code contains rules applicable to Access Persons and certain of their household members (“Covered Persons”) regarding owning and trading “Covered Securities” in certain “Personal Accounts”.

An Access Person is

 

   

Any officer, director or trustee of CSIM or the Funds

   

Any CSIM employee

   

Certain CSIM contractors as determined and notified by the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team

   

Certain CS&Co. and other Schwab affiliate employees, as determined and notified by the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team ,who support CSIM and/or the Funds

   

Other persons who are determined and notified by the CCO or his his/her delegate to have access to nonpublic information regarding any Client or Fund, including portfolio holdings and/or any transactions in a portfolio or client account

If you are an Access Person, your Covered Persons include

 

   

Your spouse

   

Your minor children

   

Individuals living in your home who are supported, directly or indirectly, to a material extent by you

Questions concerning Covered Persons should be directed to the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team.

Personal Accounts are securities accounts over which you or any of your Covered Persons exercise direct or indirect control or discretion or in which you or any of your Covered Persons have a direct or indirect beneficial ownership or financial interest. Personal Accounts shall include, without limitation, 401(k) Plan accounts, HSA accounts and Schwab 529 Plans.

 

 

 

5


J.II.1.B.

 

Covered Securities include:

 

   

All publicly and privately traded securities

 

   

Debt securities including convertible, municipal and non-U.S. government bonds

 

   

Any option, future, forward contract or other obligation involving securities or indices thereof, including an instrument whose value is derived or based on any of the above

 

   

Any separate security which is convertible into or exchangeable for, or which confers a right to purchase, a Covered Security

 

   

Shares of a closed-end investment company

 

   

Exchange traded products (e.g., ETFs/ETNs, including Schwab ETFs)

 

   

Shares of the Schwab and Laudus Funds (except money market funds)

 

   

Shares of non-affiliated unit investment trusts that invest exclusively in non-affiliated registered open-end investment companies and those that trade as exchanged traded products

 

   

Shares of non-exchange traded, non-affiliated, registered open-end investment companies (mutual funds other than the Schwab and Laudus Funds)

 

  o

Personal Accounts holding only non-affiliated mutual funds shall be reviewed on a case by case basis for determination by the CCO or his/her delegate whether reporting will be required.

The following securities are excluded from the definition of Covered Securities:

 

   

Direct obligations of the U.S. government (e.g., Treasury securities)

 

   

High-Quality Short-Term Debt Instruments, as defined in Appendix A, such as bank certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances, repurchase agreements, and commercial paper

 

   

Interests in non-Schwab affiliated 529 college savings plans

 

   

Investment in the Schwab Fund for Charitable Giving

 

   

Shares of affiliated and non-affiliated money market funds1

 

 

1 Receipt of MNPI concerning an affiliated money market fund may subject an Access Person to trade restrictions in such fund.

 

 

 

6


J.II.1.B.

 

II.     Reporting Requirements

The following reporting requirements apply to all Access Persons and their Covered Persons (excluding Independent Trustees unless otherwise noted in Section II.E. below).

 

   A.

Initial Accounts and Holdings Reports and Certifications

Within 10 days of hire or of being notified by the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team that you have been deemed an Access Person, you must:

 

   

Report all of your Personal Accounts that are capable of holding Covered Securities (including those of your Covered Persons).

   

Complete your Initial Holdings Report in Covered Securities (including those of your Covered Persons).

   

Complete your acknowledgement of the Code and Compliance Manual.

Your Initial Holdings Report must include the name of security, type of security, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares and principal amount of each security held, as well as the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the account is maintained, the name on the account and the account number. You must submit an Accounts and Holdings Report even if you do not have any securities accounts or applicable holdings. Initial reports are submitted through the on-line personal trading monitoring system utilized by CSIM (“Personal Trading Monitoring System”) and the information contained in the report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of your hire or of being notified by the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team that you have been deemed an Access Person

 

   B.

Quarterly Transaction Reports

Within 30 calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter, you must report all transactions in Covered Securities in all Personal Accounts. You are required to submit a quarterly report in the Personal Trading Monitoring System even if there were no reportable transactions during the quarter. The report must indicate the date you submit the report, as well as the following:

 

  1.

The transaction date, name and identifier of the security (such as exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number), interest rate and maturity date, number of shares, and cost of each reportable security involved;

 

 

 

7


J.II.1.B.

 

  2.

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected;

 

  3.

The type of transaction, such as purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition; and

 

  4.

The price of the security at which the transaction was effected.

Transaction information is automatically updated in the Personal Trading Monitoring System throughout the quarter to reflect transactions made in CS&Co. and certain third party broker accounts you have disclosed. This may not include all of the transactions you must report, and it is your responsibility to review the information and update it to ensure it is accurate and complete. This includes providing information on any new Personal Account established during the quarter including the name of the broker, dealer or bank and the date the account was established.

 

   C.

Annual Holdings Reports

In addition to the quarterly transaction reporting requirements, within 45 calendar days of the end of each calendar year, you must report all holdings (as of December 31) in Covered Securities in Personal Accounts.

Similar to quarterly transaction reporting, holdings information is displayed on the Access Persons reporting screen in the Personal Trading Monitoring System. The position may not reflect all activities in a security (e.g. corporate actions) and you must review and correct the holdings report, as needed, to ensure its accuracy. Your report must indicate the date you submit the report and must include the title, type of security, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares and principal amount of each security held, as well as the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the account is maintained.

 

   D.

Other Compliance Certifications

On a quarterly basis, you are required to confirm your compliance with the provisions of this Code. In addition, you must acknowledge, in writing, which may be made electronically, receipt of any revisions to this Code whenever amendments to the Code are made and delivered.

 

   E.

Independent Trustee Reporting Requirements

Independent Trustees are required to submit a Quarterly Transactions Report containing the information as described below to the Funds’ CCO. Such report must include:

 

 

 

8


J.II.1.B.

 

   

all transactions in Funds, excluding money market funds, on whose board the Independent Trustee serves

 

   

all transactions made in a Covered Security, excluding non-affiliated registered mutual funds, if, at the time of that transaction, they knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling their official duties as Independent Trustees of the Funds, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately before or after the date of their transaction, the same Covered Security was purchased or sold by the Fund or was being considered by the Fund or its investment adviser(s) for purchase or sale by the Fund

III.  Preclearance Requirements

 

   A.

General Requirements

All Access Persons, except (i) Independent Trustees and (ii) Interested Trustees and/or directors of CSIM not responsible for the day to day management of CSIM, must receive clearance prior to the execution of any transaction in Covered Securities (with the exception of transactions in non-affiliated registered mutual funds or non-affiliated unit investment trusts) in their Personal Accounts, (including the accounts of their Covered Persons).

Notwithstanding the above, Access Persons who are (i) Independent Trustees and (ii) Interested Trustees and/or directors of CSIM not responsible for the day to day management of CSIM, must receive clearance prior to the execution of transactions in the Funds, excluding money market funds.

 

   B.

How to Request Preclearance

 

   

Generally, you must submit requests for pre-clearance of personal transactions through the Personal Trading Monitoring System unless otherwise noted in this Code. Pre-clearance requests will be reviewed by the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team in relation to information available from the trading system(s) or other relevant information sources (consulting with Portfolio Management as needed) to determine whether your request should be approved. Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team may, at its discretion, require supervisor approval of a pre-clearance request before considering such request. You will be notified via email of approval or denial. Pre-clearance requests made by the CCO will be forwarded to The Charles Schwab Corporation CCO his/her delegate for approval.

 

 

 

9


J.II.1.B.

 

   

You should only submit a pre-clearance request when you intend to execute a trade, not to secure your right to execute a transaction on the basis of favorable intraday price movements. Excessive pre-clearance requests and/or trading in personal accounts are strongly discouraged. Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team monitors trading activity, reports this activity periodically to CSIM management and may impose additional trading restrictions or prohibitions as appropriate.

Access Persons who are (i) Independent Trustees and (ii) Interested Trustees and/or directors of CSIM not responsible for day to day management of CSIM, should direct any preclearance request to the CCO his/her delegate by telephone or email.

 

   C.

Two Day Effective Period

Pre-clearance of personal securities transactions for publicly traded securities will be effective for two (2) days beginning on the calendar day on which pre-clearance approval is granted, as well as trading day immediately following.

Limit Orders, including stop loss orders, will generally not be allowed unless you expect the order to be completed within the two day effective period. If your order is not executed within the two day effective period, your initial pre-clearance will no longer be valid and you will need to cancel the open order(s) and obtain pre-clearance again.

You are prohibited from trading in a security if, after you have received pre-clearance approval, you come into possession of MNPI.

 

   D.

Additional Responsibilities

 

   

Access Persons, excluding Independent Trustees, may not trade in securities included on The Charles Schwab Corporation’s “Restricted List” for their own benefit or the benefit of CS&Co. when the restriction indicates that it applies to all employees. This restriction also applies to Covered Persons and Personal Accounts over which the Access Person has control. Before trading, you must check to see if the security is on the Restricted Securities List (Schweb jumpword: “restricted list”.)

 

   

Certain Access Persons may be subject to trading restrictions of The Charles Schwab Corporation common stock (SCHW) and its derivatives. Before trading in SCHW or a derivative security, you are

 

 

 

10


J.II.1.B.

 

 

responsible for checking the SCHW Trading Window (Schweb jumpword: “trading window”.)

 

   

Requests for approval to become a Power of Attorney (“POA”) on an account must be submitted via the Schwab online reporting system (the “Online Reporting System”). Written approval must be obtained prior to becoming a POA on any account. Generally, approval will be considered only for immediate family member accounts where the employee can demonstrate an appropriate purpose for the POA.

IV.    Blackout Periods

All Access Persons are prohibited from engaging in any transaction in a Covered Security when they know or should have known at the time that there is a pending “buy” or “sell” order in that same security for any Client Account. Exceptions to this prohibition may be granted by the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team if, upon receipt of a request for preclearance of a transaction in a mutual fund or ETF, it determines that the client trading activity in that mutual fund or ETF occurred for cash flow purposes or that other potential conflicts do not exist or are adequately mitigated.

Certain additional trading restrictions apply to Portfolio Managers, as defined from time to time by the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Teamas follows:

 

   

Portfolio Managers are prohibited from trading in a Covered Security if the same security has been traded in a Fund or Client Account during the past seven (7) calendar days, or is expected to be traded within the next seven (7) calendar days.

 

   

Portfolio Managers transactions will be reviewed further by the CCO or his/her delegate and may be required to reverse the transaction in the following situation:

 

  (i)

Have received pre-clearance for a transaction in a Covered Security, and

 

  (ii)

A transaction in the same security takes place for a Fund or Client Account subject to the Blackout Period as discussed above within seven (7) calendar days following the execution of your transaction.

V.    Prohibition on Short Term Profits (60-DAY RULE)

Access Persons, except (i) Independent Trustees and (ii) Interested Trustees and/or directors of CSIM not responsible for day to day management of CSIM, are prohibited from realizing a profit from the purchase and sale, or the sale and purchase, of the same (or related) Covered Securities within 60 calendar days. If an Access Person is found to have violated this prohibition, any profit realized

 

 

 

11


J.II.1.B.

 

will be required to be disgorged. This restriction applies without regard to tax lot considerations. Generally speaking, profit determinations will be made on the basis of a “Last-In-First-Out” (LIFO) accounting methodology, unless the fundamentals of the trade warrant a different consideration as determined by the CCO or his/her delegate.

VI.    IPO’s and Private Placements

The Employee Securities Accounts & Investments and Inside Information & Information Barriers chapters of The Charles Schwab Corporation’s Compliance Manual address certain prohibited practices. Among them is the participation in an IPO. This applies to all Access Persons, except Independent Trustees.

Access Persons, excluding Independent Trustees, must receive pre-clearance from the Schwab Disclosure Group (“Compliance Disclosure Group”) prior to participating in a private securities transaction. A request for approval should first be submitted to the Compliance Disclosure Group through the Online Reporting System.

VII.    Exceptions

 

  A.

Personal Account Exemptions

An account that is managed on a fully-discretionary basis by an affiliated or unaffiliated money manager will be exempt from personal trading requirements and restrictions after it is approved by the CCO (or his/her delegate).    

In such cases, Access Persons are required to submit a letter from any unaffiliated money manager to the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team before the account is deemed exempt. Such letter will confirm that: (i) the account is managed on a full-discretionary basis as established in a written contract between the firm and an Access Person (or related Covered Person), and (ii) the Access Person (or related Covered Person) will not: (a) suggest or direct that the money manager make any particular purchases or sales of securities for the account during the reporting period; or, (b) consult with the money manager as to the particular allocation of investments to be made during the reporting period.

If the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team grants an exception, you will not be required to further certify during the quarterly and annual certification periods to the holdings or transactions in such Personal Account once the exception is granted. You will, however, be asked to confirm on an annual basis that there has been no change in the status of such discretionary or managed account and are required to provide timely notification of any change in the status of the account at the time of the change.

 

 

 

12


J.II.1.B.

 

  B.

Transactional Exemptions

The following transactional exemptions apply:

 

   

All transactions in The Charles Schwab Corporation’s securities (equities, fixed income, options) are exempt from preclearance, blackout periods and the short-term profit prohibition, provided that you comply with the requirements outlined in The Charles Schwab Corporation’s Compliance Manual.

 

   

Non-Volitional Transactions are exempt from preclearance, blackout periods and the short-term profit prohibition. Please refer to Appendix A for more information on what qualifies as a Non-Volitional Transaction.

 

   

When establishing an automatic investment plan, direct stock purchase plan or other similar plans involving a Covered Security, enrollment in the plan must be approved by the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team and the initial purchase of any Covered Securities in the plan must be pre-cleared. Subsequent investments of the applicable Covered Security pursuant to the plan are exempt from pre-clearance and blackout periods provided no changes to the plan have been made (i.e. changes to Covered Securities in the plan or investments made after the cancellation of the plan) since originally approved by the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team. Changes to existing pre-cleared percentage allocations of Covered Securities pursuant to a plan are exempt from pre-clearance (e.g., changing the monthly allocation to a pre-cleared Covered Security from 5% to 8%). Please refer to Appendix A for more information on what qualifies as an Automatic Investment Plan.

 

   

Profits received from a sale of securities which were acquired as a result of exercising options received through a Stock Option Program are exempt from the short-term profits prohibition.

Exceptions to Reporting Requirements

You do not need to include in your quarterly transaction reports any transactions made in any account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control regarding specific security selection (i.e. investment discretion) or any Non-Volitional Transactions, provided the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team is systematically receiving the transaction information or, if not, you provide quarterly account statements by upload to the Personal Trading Monitoring System

 

 

 

13


J.II.1.B.

 

If you have any questions concerning whether or not an account or transaction is exempt from personal trading requirement or restrictions, you should contact your Supervisor or the CCO or

his/her delegate.

 

  C.

Other Exemptions

The CCO or his/her delegate may approve other exemptions to certain restrictions and prohibitions of the Code after consideration of relevant facts and circumstances. Such exemptions are not automatic but rather granted on an exception basis and require either preclearance through the channels discussed above or other advance written approval from the CCO.

OTHER POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

GIFTS AND BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT

The following applies to Access Persons with the exception of (i) Independent Trustees and (ii) Interested Trustees and/or directors of CSIM not responsible for day to day management of CSIM:

The giving and acceptance of gifts and/or business entertainment that influences or appears to influence the behavior of the recipient may compromise the reputation and integrity of CSIM, CS&Co., or the Funds. You should never accept or provide any gift or business entertainment that would violate the law, embarrass, or reflect poorly on CSIM, CS&Co. or the Funds. CSIM follows The Charles Schwab Corporation’s Compliance Manual’s chapter on Gifts, Business Entertainment, Loans & Charitable Contributions Policy and, with respect to its directors and employees, has adopted more restrictive limits for the acceptance of gifts and business entertainment, which are detailed in the CSIM Gifts and Business Entertainment Policy and Procedures. You are responsible for understanding these policies and procedures and ensuring that your conduct with respect to the acceptance and provision of gifts and business entertainment is consistent with these procedures, including obtaining the appropriate approvals and reporting your gifts and business entertainment activity.

SERVICE AS DIRECTOR OR PUBLIC OFFICIAL

All employees are prohibited from serving on the board of directors of any publicly traded company or in an official capacity for any federal, state, or local government (or governmental agency or instrumentality) without prior approval from the Compliance Disclosure Group through the Online Reporting System.

 

 

 

14


J.II.1.B.

 

OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT AND OTHER OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES

Employees may not engage in outside employment or other outside activity that conflicts or otherwise interferes with their duties and responsibilities. It is each employee responsibility to disclose and request approval for any such outside employment or business activity through the Online Reporting System.

COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE

Adherence to the Code is a basic condition of employment or service with CS&Co. and CSIM. Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team monitors compliance with the Code, including reviewing Access Persons personal securities transactions and holdings reports, and reviews violations of the Code to determine what action or sanctions are appropriate. You are required to report any violations of the Code promptly to your supervisor, the CCO or the Compliance Monitoring Surveillance Team. Reports of all violations must be provided to the CCO. Violations may be reported to CSIM management as well as to the Funds’ boards of trustees.

Violations of the Code are taken seriously and may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination. Violations of the Code may also adversely affect your career with respect to such matters as compensation and advancement. Since many provisions of the Code also reflect provisions of the US securities laws, you should be aware that violations could also lead to enforcement action resulting in suspension or expulsion from the securities business, fines and penalties, and imprisonment. Questions regarding interpretation of the Code or questions related to specific situations should be directed to your supervisor or the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team.

ADMINISTRATION, RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING

Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team is responsible for the administration of this Code. This includes identifying all Access Persons and notifying them of this classification and their obligations under this Code. Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team will also maintain procedures for periodic reviews of Access Persons’ personal securities transactions. Such reviews are undertaken with regard to both the prohibitions and reporting requirements contained in the Code.

All records associated with this Code that are required to be retained by Federal Securities Laws will be maintained by the Compliance Monitoring and

 

 

 

15


J.II.1.B.

 

Surveillance Team for seven years and in an easily accessible place for at least five years. In addition, any record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve a hardship exemption or the acquisition by Access Persons of securities acquired in a Private Placement, will be maintained by the Compliance Monitoring and Surveillance Team for at least seven years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

At least annually, the president of each Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs trust, the president of CSIM and an executive of CS&Co., as principal underwriter to the Schwab Funds, (or their delegates) will provide each Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs trust’s board of trustees:

 

   

a written report of any issues arising under this Code, including any material violations and any sanctions imposed in response to these violations and

 

   

a certification that each has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its Access Persons from violating the provisions of this Code.

 

 

 

16


J.II.1.B.

 

APPENDIX A: DEFINITIONS

An Automatic Investment Plan is a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An “Automatic Investment Plan” includes among others, a 401K or similar retirement plan and dividend reinvestment plans commonly referred to as DRIPS.

Beneficial Ownership is interpreted in the same manner when determining whether a person has beneficial ownership of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“1934 Act”), and includes ownership by any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares or direct or indirect pecuniary interest in a security.

Control has the same meaning as in Section (2)(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“the 1940 Act”). Section 2(a)(9) provides that “control” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.

Ownership of more than 25% of a company’s outstanding voting securities is presumed to give the holder of such securities control over the company. The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) may determine, however, that the facts and circumstances of a given situation that may counter this presumption.

Federal Securities Laws refers to the Securities Act of 1933, the 1934 Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to investment companies and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.

A High Quality Short-Term Debt Instrument is any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and which is rated in one of the highest two rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or which is unrated but is of comparable quality.

An Initial Public Offering is an offering of securities registered under the 1933 Act, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

An Independent Trustee is any Trustee of a Trust who is not an interested person of such Trust as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

An Interested Trustee is any Trustee of a Trust who is an interested person of such Trust as defined in Section (a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

 

 

 

17


J.II.1.B.

 

A Non-Volitional Transaction is one in which the Access Persons does not determine price or time of the transaction. Such transactions include:

 

   

acquisition of securities through stock dividends, automatic dividend reinvestment plans, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of such securities; and

   

acquisition of securities through the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of securities, to the extent the rights were acquired in the issue.

Transactions in a managed account or those made by an independent third party or adviser will not be considered non-volitional unless an Access Person requests and is granted an account level exemption.

A Private Placement is an offering that is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505 or Rule 506 adopted thereunder.

A Stock Option Program allows an employee to buy a set number of shares of a company’s stock at a future date at a set price.

 

 

 

18

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

April 30, 2020

 

   LOGO

 

  Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
 

Effective Date: April 30, 2020

 

  
      

 

1.

Introduction

This global Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code”) governs the general commitment by BlackRock, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “BlackRock”) to conduct its business activities in the highest ethical and professional manner and to put client interests first. BlackRock’s reputation for integrity is one of its most important assets and is instrumental to its business success. While this Code covers a wide range of business activities, practices, and procedures, it does not cover every issue that may arise in the course of BlackRock’s many business activities. Rather, it sets out basic principles designed to guide BlackRock’s employees and directors. Consultants and contingent, contract, or temporary workers are expected to comply with the principles of this Code and policies applicable to their location, function, and status.

Every BlackRock employee and director — whatever his or her position — is responsible for upholding high ethical and professional standards and must seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. Any violation of this Code may result in disciplinary action to the extent permitted by applicable law. Any employee who becomes aware of an actual or potential violation of this Code or other BlackRock policy is required to follow the reporting process described in the Global Policy for Reporting Illegal or Unethical Conduct and in Section 10 below.

 

2.

Compliance with Laws and Regulations

BlackRock’s global business activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation and oversight and it is critical that BlackRock and its employees comply with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, including those relating to insider trading. Employees are expected to refer to the guidance contained in the Compliance Manual and the various policies and procedures contained in the Policy Library in compliance with these laws and regulations and to seek advice from supervisors and Legal & Compliance (“L&C”) as necessary.

 

3.

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest may arise when a person’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, with the interests of BlackRock, or where the interests of an employee or the firm are inconsistent with those of a client or potential client, resulting in the risk of damage to the interests of BlackRock or one or more of its clients. A conflict may arise, for example, if an employee takes an action or has an interest that could appear to make it difficult for the employee to conduct the employee’s responsibilities to BlackRock and/or the client objectively and effectively, or if such employee or any person associated with the employee, including but not limited to members of the employee’s family or household, receives an improper personal benefit, such as money or a loan, as a result of the individual’s position at BlackRock. BlackRock has adopted policies, procedures, and controls designed to manage conflicts of interest, including the Global Conflicts of Interest Policy and the Global Outside Activity Policy. Employees are required to comply with these and other compliance related policies, procedures, and controls and to help mitigate potential conflicts of interest by adhering to the following standard of conduct:

 

  ·  

Act solely in the best interests of clients;

 

  ·  

Uphold BlackRock’s high ethical and professional standards;

 

LOGO

 

   Public    Page 1 of 4


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

April 30, 2020

 

  ·  

Identify, report, and manage actual, apparent, or potential conflicts of interest; and

 

  ·  

Make full and fair disclosure of any conflicts of interests, as may be required.

Conflicts of interest may not always be clear-cut and it is not possible to describe every situation in which a conflict of interest may arise – any question with respect to whether a conflict of interest exists, together with any actual or potential conflict of interest, should be directed to managers and L&C.

 

4.

Insider Trading and Personal Trading

Employees and directors who have access to confidential information about BlackRock, its clients, or issuers in which it invests client assets, are prohibited from using or sharing that information for security trading purposes or for any other purpose except in the proper conduct of our business. All non-public information about BlackRock or any of our clients or issuers should be considered “confidential information.” Use of material, non-public information in connection with any investment decision or recommendation or to “tip” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of this information is unethical and illegal and could result in civil and/or criminal penalties. Under the Global Personal Trading Policy, BlackRock employees are required to pre-clear all transactions in securities (except for certain exempt securities). Please consult the Global Insider Trading Policy for additional information.

 

5.

Gifts and Entertainment

Employees must act in the best interests of our clients and consider the reputation of BlackRock when receiving or providing any gift or entertainment. Employees are prohibited from offering, promising, giving or receiving, or authorizing others to offer, promise, give or receive anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to any party in order to improperly obtain or retain business, or to otherwise gain an improper business advantage.

In addition, strict laws (including criminal laws) govern the provision of gifts and entertainment, including meals, transportation, and lodging, to public officials. Employees are prohibited from providing gifts or anything of value to public officials or their employees or family members in connection with BlackRock’s business for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or a business advantage. Please consult the Global Gifts and Entertainment Policy for additional information. Regional specific regulatory restrictions also apply.

 

6.

Political Contributions

Employees are required to pre-clear political contributions in accordance with the U.S. Political Contributions Policy - Global.

 

7.

Corporate Opportunities

Employees and directors:

 

  ·  

are prohibited from taking personal opportunities for themselves that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information, or position without the consent of L&C;

 

  ·  

are prohibited from using corporate property, information, or position for improper personal gain;

 

  ·  

may not compete with BlackRock either directly or indirectly; and

 

  ·  

owe a duty to BlackRock to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.

 

8.

Competition and Fair Dealing

 

LOGO

 

   Public    Page 2 of 4


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

April 30, 2020

 

BlackRock seeks to outperform its competition fairly and honestly by seeking competitive advantage through superior performance; BlackRock does not engage in illegal or unethical business practices. BlackRock and its employees and directors should endeavor to respect the rights of, and deal fairly with, BlackRock’s clients, vendors, and competitors. Specifically, the following conduct is prohibited:

 

  ·  

misappropriating proprietary information;

 

  ·  

possessing trade secret information obtained without the owner’s consent;

 

  ·  

inducing disclosure of proprietary information or trade secret information by past or present employees of other companies; and

 

  ·  

taking unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other intentional unfair-dealing practice.

 

9.

Confidentiality

BlackRock’s employees and directors have an obligation of confidentiality to BlackRock and its clients. Confidential information includes non-public information that might be of use to competitors or that might harm BlackRock or its clients, if disclosed, and non-public information that clients and other parties have entrusted to BlackRock. The obligation to preserve confidential information continues even after employment ends. This obligation does not limit employees from reporting possible violations of law or regulation to a regulator or from making disclosures under whistleblower provisions, as discussed in greater detail in the Global Policy for Reporting Illegal or Unethical Conduct and relevant confidentiality policies and agreements.

 

10.

Reporting Any Illegal or Unethical Behavior

Every employee is required to report any illegal or unethical conduct about which they become aware, including those concerning accounting or auditing matters. Employees may report concerns to L&C by contacting a Managing Director in L&C directly or by contacting the Business Integrity Hotline, contact details for which are available via the intranet homepage. BlackRock will not retaliate or discriminate against any employee because of a good faith report. Employees have the right to report directly to a regulator and may do so anonymously; employees may provide protected disclosures under whistleblower laws and cooperate voluntarily with regulators, in each case without fear of retaliation by BlackRock. Please consult the Global Policy for Reporting Illegal or Unethical Conduct and local compliance manuals for additional detail.

 

LOGO

 

   Public    Page 3 of 4


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

April 30, 2020

 

11.

Protection and Proper Use of BlackRock Assets

Employees and directors should make every effort to protect BlackRock’s assets and use them efficiently. This obligation extends to BlackRock’s proprietary information, including intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights, as well as business, marketing and service plans, engineering and manufacturing ideas, systems, software programs, designs, databases, records, salary information, and any unpublished financial data and reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of proprietary information constitutes a violation of BlackRock policy and could result in civil and/or criminal penalties. Employees should refer to the Intellectual Property Policy and the Corporate Information Security and Acceptable Use of Technology Policy for additional information on the obligation to protect BlackRock’s property.

 

12.

Bribery and Corruption

BlackRock employees and directors are prohibited from making payments or offering or giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to public officials of any country, or to persons in the private sector, if the intent is to influence such persons to perform (or reward them for performing) a relevant function or activity improperly or to obtain or retain business or an advantage in the course of business conduct. Employees should refer to the Global Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy for additional information.

 

13.

Equal Employment Opportunity and Harassment

The diversity of BlackRock’s employees is a tremendous asset. BlackRock is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment of any kind. In particular, it is BlackRock’s policy to afford equal opportunity to all qualified applicants and existing employees without regard to race, religion, color, national origin, sex (including pregnancy and gender identity/expression), sexual orientation, age, ancestry, physical or mental disability, marital status, political affiliation, citizenship status, genetic information, employment status, or protected veteran status or any other basis that would be in violation of any applicable ordinance or law. In addition, BlackRock will not tolerate harassment, bias, or other inappropriate conduct on the basis of any of the above protected categories. BlackRock’s Equal Employment Opportunity Policy and other employment policies are available in the Policy Library.

 

14.

Recordkeeping

BlackRock requires honest and accurate recording and reporting of information in order to conduct its business and to make responsible business decisions. BlackRock, as a financial services provider and a public company, is subject to extensive regulations regarding maintenance and retention of books and records. BlackRock’s books, records, accounts, and financial statements must be maintained in reasonable detail, must appropriately reflect BlackRock’s transactions, and must conform both to applicable legal requirements and to BlackRock’s system of internal controls. Please consult the Global Records Management Policy and other record retention policies, available in the Policy Library, for additional information.

 

15.

Waivers of the Code

Any waiver of this Code for an executive officer or director must be made only by BlackRock’s Board of Directors or a Board committee and must be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulation.

 

LOGO

 

   Public    Page 4 of 4